Technical Reference Manual

Transcription

Technical Reference Manual
Te c h n i c a l R e f e r e n c e M a n u a l
4817A
Version
2.0
M AY 2 0 0 0
MANUAL HISTORY
Date of issue for original version and subsequent versions:
4817, Version 1.0 ............................
4817, Version 2.0 ............................
4817, Version 3.0 ............................
4817, Version 4.0 ............................
4817A, Version 1.0 ..........................
4817A, Version 2.0 ........................
May 1993
January 1994
October 1997
December 1998
August 1999
May 2000
NOTE: If entries are shown in bold
Italics on this page, they represent new
page(s) found in this latest version.
Previous version numbers are contained
within this latest version printing. Use
this Manual History page as a guide.
Page
Version
No.
No.
3-4 — 3-11 ............ 1.0
Page
Version
No.
No.
6-2 — 6-4 .............. 1.0
History Pages ........ 2.0
3-12 — 3-27 .......... 2.0
6-5 — 6-7 .............. 2.0
i — viii .................... 2.0
3-28 ..................... 2.0
6-8
1-1 – 1-7 ................ 2.0
4-1 — 4-6 .............. 1.0
7-1 — 7-30 ............ 2.0
1-8 – 1-10 .............. 1.0
4-7— 4-8 ............... 2.0
7-31 — 7-36 .......... 2.0
1-11 – 1-19 ............ 2.0
4-9
..................... 1.0
8-1 — 8-27 ............ 2.0
1-20 – 1-29 ............ 2.0
4-10 ..................... 2.0
8-28 — 8-30 .......... 2.0
2-1 — 2-4 .............. 1.0
4-11 — 4-33 .......... 1.0
9-1 — 9-13 ............ 2.0
2-5
..................... 2.0
4-34 — 4-35 .......... 2.0
9-14 ..................... 2.0
2-6 — 2-10 ............ 1.0
4-36 — 4-41 .......... 1.0
10-1 — 10-4 .......... 2.0
2-11 ..................... 2.0
5-1
..................... 2.0
11-1 — 11-10 ........ 1.0
2-12 — 2-20 .......... 1.0
5-2 — 5-13 ............ 1.0
11-11 ..................... 2.0
3-1 — 3-3 .............. 2.0
5-14 — 5-15 .......... 2.0
11-2 ..................... 1.0
6-1
Index-1 – Index-9 ... 2.0
Page
Version
No.
No.
Cover ..................... 2.0
..................... 2.0
..................... 1.0
Copyright © 1999 Tokheim Corporation. All rights reserved.
The information contained in this manual is copyrighted by
Tokheim Corporation and is for the exclusive use of Tokheim’s
Authorized Service Representatives, Distributors, and customers,
who are authorized to make copies for use in their business. No
part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form
by any other person or persons without written permission of
Tokheim Corporation.
Trademarks:
INSIGHT™ is a trademark of Tokheim Corporation. MaxVac® is
a registered trademark of Tokheim Corporation
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
SOFTWARE HISTORY
Premier B
Dispenser and Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) Software Version Numbers
Manual
Version
Number
Blender
Co-Processor
Dispenser
1.0
JN.04.01.01+
2.0
JN.02.12.00+
3.0
JN.04.11.00
FG.02.05.00
4.0
QM.01.00.00+
QL.01.00.00+
(see note below)
(see note below)
4817A
1.0
QM.01.00.00+
QL.01.00.00+
(see note below)
(see note below)
4817A
2.0
QM.01.00.00+
QL.01.00.00+
(see note below)
(see note below)
Model
426B-WK
Standard
DPT
Standard
DPT with
TDS
Standard
DPT with
TDS Plus
INSIGHT
DPT
QA.04.11.00+
JP.02.18.00+
MT.QD.01.00+
MT.03.00.00+
MT.PQ.03.00+
QA.04.11.00+
JP.02.18.00+
MT.QD.01.00+
MT.03.00.00+
MT.PQ.05.00+
QA.04.11.00+
JP.02.18.00+
MT.QD.02.00+
MT.03.01.00+
MT.PQ.05.00+
IMPORTANT NOTE - BLENDER DISPENSERS ONLY!
Software versions QL.01.00.00 (Blender Co-Processor ) and QM.01.00.00 (Dispenser)
must be installed together. Otherwise, error 20s will occur.
Premier C
Manual
Version
Number
4817A
1.0
4817A
2.0
Dispenser and Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) Software Version
Numbers
Dispenser
Blender
Co-Processor
QQ.01.00.00+
QL.01.00.00+
QQ.02.01.00+
QL.01.00.00+
(see note below)
(see note below)
Standard
DPT
Standard
DPT with
TDS
Standard
DPT with
TDS Plus
INSIGHT
DPT
JP.02.18.00+
MT.QD.01.00+
MT.03.00.00+
MT.PQ.05.00+
JP.02.18.00+
MT.QD.01.00+
MT.03.01.00+
MT.PQ.05.00+
IMPORTANT NOTE - BLENDER DISPENSERS ONLY!
Software versions QQ.02.01.00 (Dispenser) and QL.01.00.00 (Blender Co-Processor) must be
installed together. Otherwise, error 20s will occur.
Tokheim Corporation
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
CONTENTS
Section 1: Introduction
Document-on-Demand ..................................................................... 1-2
Related Documents ......................................................................... 1-2
Premier Specifications .................................................................... 1-3
Premier B & C Dispenser Features ................................................. 1-6
Premier B Model Number Notation .................................................. 1-8
Premier C Model Number Notation ................................................ 1-11
Premier B Dispenser Identification ................................................ 1-14
Premier C Dispenser Identification ................................................ 1-16
Operational Diagrams (Premier B & C) .......................................... 1-20
Transverse Dispenser Configurations (Premier C) .......................... 1-21
Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse) ............................... 1-22
Electronic Blend Valve Operation (Premier B & C) ........................ 1-26
System Overview ........................................................................... 1-29
Section 2: Accessing Electrical Components
Dispenser Orientation (Premier B & C) ............................................ 2-2
Premier B Components
Electronics Enclosure Components ................................................ 2-4
Accessing the Card Cage ............................................................... 2-6
Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards ........................................ 2-8
Accessing the DPT Controller Boards ............................................. 2-9
Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery Components ......................... 2-10
Accessing the Connection Box ..................................................... 2-11
Premier C Components
Electronics Enclosure Components
Premier C with Standard DPT and Cash Acceptor Options ..... 2-12
Premier C with INSIGHT DTP & TDS Options ........................ 2-14
Accessing Hardware on Premier C ................................................ 2-16
Accessing the Card Cage ............................................................. 2-17
Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards ...................................... 2-17
Accessing the DPT Controller Boards ........................................... 2-18
Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery Components ......................... 2-19
Accessing the Connection Box ..................................................... 2-20
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
i
CONTENTS
Section 3: System Circuit Boards
Common Circuit Boards for Premier B and C
Circuit Board Orientation ................................................................. 3-2
Mother Board ................................................................................... 3-3
Interface Board ............................................................................... 3-6
Expanded Computer Board .............................................................. 3-8
Multiplex Board .............................................................................. 3-10
Relay Board .................................................................................. 3-11
AC Distribution Board ................................................................... 3-13
Blend Control Board ...................................................................... 3-17
Valve Interface Board .................................................................... 3-18
Options Power Supply ................................................................... 3-19
Circuit Boards for Premier B Only
LED Board .................................................................................... 3-21
Display Board ................................................................................ 3-22
Circuit Boards for Premier C Only
Display Board ................................................................................ 3-25
Intrinsically Safe Barrier (ISB) Assembly ...................................... 3-27
Section 4: Wiring Diagrams
H426B-S Suction (Premier B) .......................................................... 4-2
H428B-S Suction (Premier B) .......................................................... 4-3
H311B/H312B/H322B/H324B-S Suction (Premier B) ....................... 4-4
Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier B) .............................................. 4-5
Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier C) .............................................. 4-6
Electronics Block Diagram (Premier C) ........................................... 4-7
Electronics Block Diagram (Premier B) ........................................... 4-8
H413B-R (Premier B) ...................................................................... 4-9
H426B-R (Premier B) .................................................................... 4-10
H311B/H322B/H324B-R (Premier B) .............................................. 4-11
H428B-R (Premier B) .................................................................... 4-12
H413B-REB (Premier B) ................................................................ 4-13
H426B-REB (Premier B) ................................................................ 4-14
H322B-B3/B5 (Premier B) ............................................................. 4-15
AC Distribution Board Block Diagram (Premier B) ......................... 4-16
Tokheim Corporation
ii
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
CONTENTS
Section 4: Wiring Diagrams (continued)
Premier B System Wiring Diagrams
Mother Board .......................................................................... 4-17
Pump Handles & Pulsers - H428B-S ...................................... 4-18
Pump Handles & Pulsers ........................................................ 4-19
Motors & Valves - H428B-S .................................................... 4-20
Motors & Valves ..................................................................... 4-21
Displays .................................................................................. 4-22
AC Distribution ....................................................................... 4-23
Options Power Supply ............................................................. 4-24
Premier B System Wiring Diagrams (continued)
Connection Box ...................................................................... 4-24
Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) ........................................ 4-25
INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H324B ..................... 4-26
Dispenser Payment Terminal - H426B ..................................... 4-27
INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H426-REB ............... 4-28
INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H428B-R .................. 4-29
MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Non-Blend Dispensers .... 4-30
MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Blending Dispensers ....... 4-31
Premier C System Wiring Diagrams
System Wiring Diagram .......................................................... 4-32
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H300 Series) ......................... 4-33
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H400 Series) ......................... 4-34
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H400 Series) ......................... 4-35
Displays .................................................................................. 4-36
AC Distribution ....................................................................... 4-37
MaxVac Vapor Recovery ......................................................... 4-38
Standard DPT ......................................................................... 4-39
Debit DPT .............................................................................. 4-40
INSIGHT DPT ........................................................................ 4-41
Section 5: Diagnostic Information
Using the Manager Key and Arming Key .......................................... 5-2
Basic Programming ......................................................................... 5-3
Example of Basic Programming ...................................................... 5-4
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
iii
CONTENTS
Premier B and C Diagnostic Modes
Mode F11 – View Communications Diagnostics ........................ 5-6
Mode F96 – View Error, State, & Termination Code Histories .... 5-7
Mode F97 – Check Operator Keypads & Nozzle Boot Switches 5-10
Mode F98 – Initiate Display, DPT, & Product Selection
Keypad Diagnostics ............................................. 5-12
Mode F99 – View Software Date Code, CRC Code, and
ROM CRC Diagnostic Test .................................. 5-13
Calibrating Dispenser Meters ........................................................ 5-14
Measuring Premier Dispenser to Console Communications ........... 5-14
Section 6: Error Message Handling & Troubleshooting Tips
Logic Sequence to Dispenser Repair ............................................... 6-2
Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier B) .................... 6-2
Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier C) .................... 6-3
ERR 01 – ERR 09 ........................................................................... 6-4
ERR 3x – ERR 13 ........................................................................... 6-5
ERR 14 – ERR 21 ........................................................................... 6-6
ERR 22 – ERR 27 ........................................................................... 6-7
ERR 39 & ERR 49 .......................................................................... 6-8
Section 7: Premier Standard DPT
Component List for Standard DPT Assemblies (Premier B & C) ..... 7-2
Subassembly Orientation (Premier B) ............................................ 7-2
Subassembly Orientation (Premier C) ............................................ 7-3
Standard DPT Information (Premier B & C) ..................................... 7-4
Standard DPT with TDS Information (Premier B & C) ..................... 7-9
Standard DPT with TDS Plus Information (Premier B & C) ............ 7-13
DPT Diagnostics (Premier B & C) ................................................. 7-18
Troubleshooting (Standard DPT) Problems (Premier B & C) .......... 7-21
Card Reader Cleaning Procedure (Premier B & C) ........................ 7-23
Tear-Bar Printer Paper Loading (Premier B) ................................... 7-24
Changing Paper on a Standard DPT Printer (Premier C) ................ 7-26
Cash Acceptor
Lock Assemblies (Premier B & C) .......................................... 7-27
Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier B) ............... 7-28
Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier B) ............................... 7-28
Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier C) ............... 7-29
Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier C) ............................... 7-29
Dip Switches on the Cash Acceptor (Premier B & C) .............. 7-31
Card Reader Cleaning Procedure (Premier B & C) .................. 7-32
Tokheim Corporation
iv
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
CONTENTS
Section 8: INSIGHT™ DPT
Component List for INSIGHT DPT Assemblies (Premier B & C) ..... 8-2
INSIGHT Operation in Native Mode and Graphic Mode .................... 8-2
Subassembly Orientation (Premier B) ............................................. 8-3
INSIGHT Block Diagram (Premier B & C) ....................................... 8-3
INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (Premier B & C)
LED and Test Point Locations .................................................. 8-4
Jumper and Switch Locations ................................................... 8-6
Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board .............................. 8-7
INSIGHT Board Connectors ...................................................... 8-9
Graphic DPT Display Board (Premier B & C) ................................. 8-12
Keypad Keycodes (Premier B & C) ................................................ 8-13
Diagnostic Tests (Premier B & C) ................................................. 8-14
Communication Problems (Premier B & C) ................................... 8-17
DPT Display Problems (Premier B & C) ........................................ 8-18
Operational Problems (Premier B & C) .......................................... 8-20
Graphic Printer Problems (Premier B & C) .................................... 8-21
Card Reader Cleaning (Premier B & C) .......................................... 8-21
Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer (Premier B) .......................... 8-22
Clearing a Paper Jam on a Graphic Printer (Premier B) ................. 8-25
Changing Paper on an INSIGHT DPT Printer (Premier C) .............. 8-27
Clearing a Paper Jam on an INSIGHT DPT Printer (Premier C) ..... 8-28
Section 9: MaxVac® Vapor Recovery System (Premier B & C)
Underground Tank & Piping Diagram ............................................... 9-2
Nozzle / Vehicle Fill Pipe ................................................................ 9-3
MaxVac System Components ......................................................... 9-3
MaxVac System Certification Requirements .................................... 9-4
MaxVac System Tests .................................................................... 9-4
Problems at Power-Up? .................................................................. 9-5
MaxVac Error LEDs ......................................................................... 9-6
MaxVac Multiplex Board .................................................................. 9-8
MaxVac Blend Control Board ........................................................... 9-9
MaxVac Power Supply Board ......................................................... 9-10
MaxVac Motor Control Board ......................................................... 9-11
MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board .................................................. 9-13
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
v
CONTENTS
Section 10: Solenoid Valve Coil Diagnostics (Premier B & C)
Checking Coil Voltages ................................................................. 10-2
Checking Coil Resistance ............................................................. 10-3
Wiring Diagrams ........................................................................... 10-4
Section 11: Glossary
Index
Tokheim Corporation
vi
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
DISCLOSURE NOTICE
This document contains information proprietary to Tokheim Corporation. The data
contained herein, in whole or in part, may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed
outside the recipient or purchaser for any purpose other than to evaluate or operate
the equipment described within the document.
DISCLAIMER
ALTHOUGH TOKHEIM CORPORATION HAS ATTEMPTED TO COMPILE THE MATERIAL IN
THIS MANUAL WITH ACCURACY, NEITHER IT, ITS EMPLOYEES, NOR ITS AGENTS CAN
MAKE ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT
TO THE LIABILITY WITH REGARD TO THE USE OF THIS MATERIAL OR ASSUME ANY
LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF ANY INFORMATION,
APPARATUS, METHOD, OR PROCEDURE DESCRIBED IN THIS MANUAL.
!!! FCC WARNING !!!
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not
installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause interference
to radio communications. It has been tested and has been found to comply as a class
“A” device with Part 15, Subpart “J” of the FCC rules at date of manufacture.
IMPORTANT
THIS EQUIPMENT MUST BE INSTALLED AND USED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL
FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA NO. 70) AND THE
AUTOMOTIVE AND MARINE SERVICE STATION CODE (NFPA 30A).
It is the owner’s and operator’s responsibility to ensure that the proper warning signs are posted per the current
edition of NFPA 30A, Code #9-9. These include, but are not limited to,
• “STOP MOTOR”
• “NO SMOKING”
• “WARNING — IT IS UNLAWFUL AND DANGEROUS TO DISPENSE GASOLINE INTO
UNAPPROVED CONTAINERS”.
TOKHEIM DISPENSERS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR DIRECT FUELING OF AIRCRAFT
WITHOUT FILTERS, SEPARATORS, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO ENSURE
PRODUCT PURITY.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
vii
! Safety Information
The following requirements are mandatory and shall be followed when installing, using, or
working around Tokheim equipment. These hazards or unsafe practices may result in death or
severe injury to persons, or damage to equipment or property.
DANGER! FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD
No Smoking - Never permit
smoking in the dispensing area.
Sparks and embers from burning
cigarettes or pipes can set fuels
and their vapors on fire.
No Flames - Never permit open
flames in the dispensing area.
Flames from lighters, matches,
welding torches, etc. can set
fuels and their vapors on fire.
Dispense In
Approved
Containers Dispense gasoline
and other petroleum
products into
approved containers
that are on the ground. To prevent
static discharge, never dispense
gasoline into a portable container
that is in or on a vehicle, including
trucks. Always use Tokheim
approved and UL Listed hoses and
nozzles with this dispenser.
WARNING! FIRE AND ELECTRICAL HAZARD
Stop Button - The Stop Button may not shut off all
power to the dispenser. Be sure all employees are
trained how to shut off all power to the system in case
of emergency. Code #4-1.2 of the current edition of
NFPA 30A requires that:
High Voltage - To reduce the
risk of electrical shock when
servicing, turn off all power to
all equipment. In submersible
pump applications, turn off
power to the submersible pump
and any other dispensers which
use that submersible pump. AC
power can feed back into a shut
off dispenser when dispensers
share a common submersible
pump or starter relay.
“A clearly identified and easily accessible switch(es) or circuit breaker(s) shall be
provided at a location remote from dispensing devices, including remote pumping
systems, to shut off the power to all dispensing devices in the event of an
emergency.”
Additionally, Code #9-4.5 of the current edition of NFPA 30A requires that:
“Emergency controls specified in 4-1.2 [listed above] shall be installed at a
location acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, but controls shall not be
more than 100 ft. (30m) from dispensers.”
WARNING! SERVICE HAZARD
Turn Power Off - Before
servicing, always turn off all
power to the dispenser and
submerged pumps at the master
panel. Close any impact valve
before performing any
maintenance or service to the
dispenser, including the
changing of fuel filters or
strainers.
Tokheim Corporation
viii
Block Islands - Block islands so
no vehicle can pull up to the
dispenser being worked on.
Unauthorized people or vehicles
in the work area are dangerous.
Clean Up Spills - Promptly
clean up product spills on the
driveway. Use an absorbent
recommended by regulatory
agencies. Dispose of absorbent
as required by regulatory
agencies.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Introduction
Section 1: Introduction
Manual Scope
!
CAUTION
Failure to install
equipment or
parts per Tokheim
specifications, or
maintenance by
untrained
personnel, may
void the Tokheim
warranty.
This manual is written for the Tokheim Authorized Service Representative
(ASR). It contains technical reference information for identifying
components, diagnosing problems, and maintaining Premier B & C series
dispensers.
Section Scope
This section provides a general introduction to the dispensers referenced in
this manual. Refer to the documents listed on the next page for additional
information for Premier B & C series dispensers.
Section 1 Contents
Document-on-Demand ............................................................ 1-2
Related Documents ................................................................. 1-2
Premier Specifications ............................................................ 1-3
Premier B & C Dispenser Features ......................................... 1-6
Premier B Model Number Notation .......................................... 1-8
Premier C Model Number Notation ........................................ 1-11
Premier B Dispenser Identification ........................................ 1-14
Premier C Dispenser Identification ........................................ 1-16
Operational Diagrams (Premier B & C) ................................. 1-19
Transverse Dispenser Configurations (Premier C) ................ 1-21
Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse) ..................... 1-22
Electronic Blend Valve Operation (Premier B & C) ................ 1-26
System Overview .................................................................. 1-29
Conventions used in this Manual
!
DANGER
“DANGER” indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, WILL result in death or serious injury.
!
WARNING
“WARNING” indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, COULD result in death orserious injury.
!
CAUTION
“CAUTION” indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, MAY result in minor or moderate personal injury or property
damage.
Tips provide useful information that can make your work easier.
Notes supply information that emphasizes or supplements important points
in the text. Notes may also refer you to related information elsewhere in the
manual.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
1-1
Introduction
Document-on-Demand
The following types of documents can be ordered and received by FAX from
Tokheim' Document-on-Demand service 24-hours-a-day, 7-days-a-week:
Dispenser Outline Drawings, Foundation Plans, Wiring Diagrams, Technical
Information, Training Information, Warranty Information, Dispenser Care
Information, CARB Requirements and more.
To access this service, dial (219) 484-1864 and follow the automated
instructions to retrieve your document. If you do not know the number of the
document you want, press 9999 and an Index of all available documents will
be faxed to you.
Related Documents
These documents can be
ordered from:
Tokheim Service Parts
PO Box 663
Fremont, IN 46737
Phone 219-470-4710
Fax 888-865-4344
Premier B Documents
• Service Parts Manual, Form 4814A
• Installation/Wiring Manual, Form 4815A
• Programming/Operating Manual, Form 4816
Premier C Documents
• Site Preparation Manual, Form 5869
• Installation Manual, Form 5870
• Programming Manual, Form 5871
• User's Guide, Form 5872
• Service Parts Manual, Form 5866
Common Documents
• The ONE Manual (Care of Your Pumps), Form 1680B
• Form 4857 - MaxVac Owner’s Manual
• CARB Executive Order G-70-154
• Console Programming/Operating Manual (if applicable)
Tokheim Corporation
1-2
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Introduction
Premier Specifications
Operating Environment (Premier B & C)
Relative humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
Minimum Ambient Temperature: -40o F (-40o C)
Maximum Ambient Temperature: 104o F (40o C)
Power Requirements (Premier B & C)
120 VAC (+10%, -15%)
60 Hz
240 VAC (+10%, -15%)
50/60 Hz
Dispenser AC Current Requirements (maximum – Premier B)
Lights and Heater:
7.6 AMPS @ 120 VAC (all models except I724B-S4x4)
8.1 AMPS @ 120VAC (model I724B-S4x4 only)
3.8 AMPS @ 240 VAC
Dispenser Electronics:
6 AMPS @ 120 VAC
3 AMPS @ 240 VAC
Suction Motors: 3/4 hp (self-contained only)
10.0 AMPS / 120 VAC
5.0 AMPS / 240 VAC
1.5 AMPS / 380 VAC
DPT:
2.0 AMPS @ 120 VAC
MaxVac:
2.0 AMPS @ 120 VAC
Optional Spandrel Lighting:
15 AMPS @ 120VAC
Dispenser AC Current Requirements (maximum – Premier C)
Lights and Heater:
5.0 AMPS @ 120 VAC
2.5 AMPS @ 240 VAC
Dispenser Electronics:
6 AMPS @ 120 VAC
3 AMPS @ 240 VAC
Suction Motors: 3/4 hp (self-contained only)
10.0 AMPS / 120 VAC
5.0 AMPS / 240 VAC
1.6 AMPS / 380 VAC
DPT:
2.0 AMPS @ 120 VAC
MaxVac:
2 AMPS @ 120 VAC
Optional Spandrel Lighting:
15 AMPS @ 120VAC
continued on next page . . .
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
1-3
Introduction
Premier Specifications (continued)
Battery Backup (Premier B & C)
Programmable from 0 to 19 minutes in the event of power loss. Displays and
electronics continue to be available through Manager Mode for the life of the
battery. Low battery backup sensing. Separate battery backup for sales data
memory.
Standard Power Supply (Premier B & C)
Operating Temperature: -40 Degree C to +85 Degree C
Input Voltage: 120 VAC -10%, +10% (108 to 132 VAC) 50/60 HZ
220 VAC -10%, +10% (187 to 242 VAC) 50/60 HZ
Output Current: 2A Maximum
Output Noise: 5% pk to pk @ 2A +25 Degree C
Wide Range Power Supply (Premier B & C)
Operating Temperature: -40 Degree C to +85 Degree C
Input Voltage: 110 VAC -25%, +20% (82.5 to 132 VAC) 50/60 HZ
220 VAC -25%, +20% (165 to 264 VAC) 50/60 HZ
Output Current: 2A Maximum
Output Noise: 5% pk to pk @ 2A +25 Degree C
Displays (Premier B & C)
Fluorescent backlit LCD Displays
• Money Display: 1" high, 6 digits
• Volume Display: 1" high, 6 digits, gallons or liters
• Price Per Unit of Volume (PPUV) Display: .5" high, 4 digits
• DPT Display: .38" high, 4 line x 20 character
• INSIGHT DPT Display: 320 x 240 pixels graphic resolution
9 lines x 20 characters in text mode
• INSIGHT Debit Display: 4 lines x 20 characters
Pulsers (Premier B & C)
Dual phase pulsers with connect/disconnect sensing.
Pulses Per Gallon / Liter:
Premier B: 1000 pulses per gallon / 250 pulses per liter
Premier C: 400 pulses per gallon / 100 pulses per liter
Tokheim Corporation
1-4
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Introduction
Premier Specifications (continued)
Flow Control Valves (Premier B & C)
Non-blend dispensers: Dual flow, solenoid-operated diaphragm valves.
Blending dispensers: Software-controlled Proportional Blend Valves.
In Premier B, the valves and coils are located in the hydraulics enclosure.
In Premier C, the panel-mount valves are located in the hydraulics
enclosure and the coils are located in the electronics enclosure.
Meter (Premier B & C)
Three-piston, positive displacement meter can be calibrated in
increments as small as 1/5 cubic inch in five gallons.
Mechanical Totalizers (Premier B & C)
9999999.99 gallon or liter, non-resettable meter driven mechanical
totalizers.
Performance Requirements (Premier B & C)
Minimum Delivery Rate: 10 GPM @ 26 PSI inlet pressure.
Meter Accuracy: + .25% to 15 GPM
Fuel Limitations (Premier B & C)
Maximum Ethanol Content: 15%
Maximum Methanol Content: 15%
Filters (Premier B & C)
RC Models
Standard:
One 7 micron or water alert 10 micron spin-on filter per product.
Options:
Diesel
Non-Diesel
One strainer screen (40x40 mesh rating) per product.
One strainer screen (90x100 mesh rating) per product.
Suction Models
Standard:
Diesel
Non-Diesel
One strainer screen (40x40 mesh rating) per product.
One strainer screen (90x110 mesh rating) per product.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
1-5
Introduction
Premier B & C Dispenser Features
Two Types of Dispenser Operation:
• Stand-alone Operation – All the activities to allow the
dispensing of fuel are performed by the dispenser alone. The
dispenser operates without a hose controller.
• Console Operation – Dispenser operations are controlled by
a console, hose controller, or site controller. All fuel sale
activities are monitored and controlled by a console or
controller.
Two Modes:
• Operating Mode – (also called Run Mode) This is the
standard running mode of the dispenser that allows the
customer to complete a fuel sale transaction.
• Programming Mode – (also called Manager Mode) This
mode allows the programmer to initialize and set software
selectable choices for dispenser operation.
Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) Option: Depending upon the DPT
options available on your dispenser, the customer can use a Credit Card,
Debit Card, Fleet Card, or Cash to pay for their fuel. Most DPTs include a
receipt printer.
Non-Blend Dispensers:
• A one or two-sided dispenser with up to four pure products
and four hoses per side.
• A one or two-sided dispenser with up to three pure products
and one hose per side.
• Operates via console control or in stand alone mode.
• Using a Model 67 series dispenser interface box, the
Premier C can operate with:
- Dispenser control consoles
- Dedicated Hose Controller (DHC)
- A third party site controller that supports the Premier
communication protocol.
Tokheim Corporation
1-6
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Introduction
Premier B & C Dispenser Features (continued)
Blend Dispensers:
• Electronic Blend (EB) — A one or two-sided dispenser
with two straight grade products and one blended product
with one or three hoses per side. The blend ratio is
programmed in the manager modes.
•
Variable Blend (B3, B4, B5) — A one or two-sided
dispenser with blended products dispensed from one hose
per side. The blend ratios for each product are programmed
in the manager modes.
•
Transverse — A dispenser with products arranged in a
transverse (reverse) order from side A to side B. Transverse
refers to the position of the non-blended product (usually
Diesel).
Hose Controllers
Utilizing a Model 67 series dispenser interface box, the Premier can operate
with:
• Dispenser control consoles
• Dedicated Hose Controller (DHC)
• A third party site controller that supports the Premier
communication protocol.
Intercom/Speaker: Refer to the manual that came with your intercom
system.
Limitations: Only one hose per dispenser side can be active at a time.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
1-7
TOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION
Dispenser Configuration
C C C C C
H = High Hose
I = International
3
4
= 30 inch
= 45 inch
1
2
= 1 side
= 2 sides
Dispenser Features
CC
F F F F F F
Dispenser Options
O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Customer Specific Feature
F2 = Pump Stop
F3 = LIFT LEVER TO START
F4 = PPU Display, positions 2, 3 & 4
Dispenser Payment Terminal
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Total Number of Hoses
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
B = Premier B Series Dispenser
R
= Remote (submerged pump)
R1PBA =Remote, 1 product, w/262A base adapter
R2PBA =Remote, 2 product w/262A base adapter
RB3 = Remote, 3 blended prod/single hose outlet
RB3FD =Remote w/3 blend prods., plus one future diesel prod.
RB3TR =Remote w/3 blend prods., transverse
RB4TR= Remote w/4 blend prods., transverse
RB4 = Remote, 4 blended prod/single hose outlet
RB5 = Remote, 5 blended prod/single hose outlet
REB = Remote, 1 blended product, multiple hose outlets
REBTR= Remote, 1 blend prod, multi-hose outlets, transverse
RTR = Remote, transverse
S
= Suction
S4x4 = Suction Motorcycle
SB3 = Suction w/ three blend prod/single hose outlet
SB3+1= Suction B3 plus one
SB5 = Suction w/ five blend prod/single hose outlet
SDD = Suction Double Display
SEB = Suction w/ one blend prod/multiple hose outlets
SHS = Suction High Speed
Z
= Glider Kit
(shown on next page)
Card Reader
(Must be selected in conjunction with a T-series DPT
option on the next page)
R6 = 2 track, Magnetic Stripe Upper Left
Graphic Printer
(Must be selected in conjunction with a G-series
INSIGHT™ DPT option on the next page)
H1 = Printer with Keypad & Debit
H2 = Printer with Keypad, without Debit
H3 = Printer without Keypad & Debit
Preset Pricing
P1 = Preset
Cash/Credit Pricing
K1 = Dual Pricing
Cash Acceptor
(Must be selected in conjunction with a T-series DPT
option on the next page)
C2 = With lockable cassette
Vapor Recovery
V
= Vapor Recovery
IV
= Ready for future Vapor Recovery Upgrade
PM = Partial Vapor (MaxVac/Interim)
MV = MaxVac Vapor Recovery
No Designation = Non Vapor
Introduction
Tokheim Corporation
1-8
PREMIER B (H and I) MODEL DISPENSERS
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
PREMIER B (H and I) MODEL DISPENSERS
TOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION
Dispenser Configuration
C C C C C
Dispenser Features
CC
F F F F F F
Dispenser Options
O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Dispenser Payment Terminal
(Includes Printer)
T2 = Card Reader ONLY
T3 = Cash Acceptor & Card Reader
T4 = DEBIT Card Reader ONLY (TDS Plus)
T5 = Cash Acceptor & DEBIT Card Reader (TDS Plus)
T7 = Card Reader ONLY (Gasboy)
T8 = Cash Acceptor & Card Reader (Gasboy)
T9 = Card Reader ONLY (Hebrew display)
T10 = Debit Card Reader (TDS)
Introduction
Tokheim Corporation
1-9
INSIGHT™ Dispenser Payment Terminal
G1 = Non-DPT without Keypad
G2 = Non-DPT with Keypad
G3 = Card Reader Only - Upper Right
G4 = Card Reader Only - Upper Left
G5 = Card Reader - Upper Right, Cash Acceptor,
Locking Cassette
G6 = Card Reader - Upper Left, Cash Acceptor,
Locking Cassette
G7 = Card Reader - Upper Right, Cash Acceptor,
Non-Locking Cassette
G8 = Card Reader - Upper Left, Cash Acceptor,
Non-Locking Cassette
TOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION
Dispenser Options
O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Door, Upper
1A = Painted
1B = Stainless Steel
Post Cover
14A = Painted (In/Out)
14B = Stainless (In/Out)
14C = Painted Black
14D = Painted (In), Stainless (Out)
14E = Stainless (In), Painted (Out)
Door, Lower
2A = Painted
2B = Stainless Steel
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Motor
11A = 120VAC, 1 phase.
11B = 240VAC, 1 Phase
11C = 240VAC, 3 Phase
11D = 380VAC, 3 Phase
Filters
3J = Spin-On
3K = Strainer Screen
Product Identification Panels
4A = Single Piece Insert
4B = Multi-Piece Insert
Raceway Width
5A = 17"
5B = 24"
5C = 24", Bottom Access
5D = 20", Bottom Access
—— NOTICE ——
The U.L. Listing for the dispenser
does not cover all options. Only the
dispensers (which carry the U.L.
Listing mark) are covered by
Underwriters Laboratories.
Battery
15A = Lead Acid
15B = Nicad
Speaker
10A = Without Speaker
10B = With Speaker
Dispenser Software
6A = Universal domestic - JN
6B = Thailand - LG
6C = International - L
6D = International - MK 01
6E = U.S.A. - MK 02
6F = Brazil - MK 03
6G = Thailand - MK 04
6H = Kuwait - MK 05
6I = Philippines - MK 06
6J = Israel - MK 07
6K = Korea - MK 08
6L = Turkey - MK 09
6M = Malaysia - MK 10
6N = Pakistan - MK 11
6O = Singapore - MK 12
6P = Hong Kong - MK 13
6Q = Domestic (no icons) - JN
6R = Domestic, transverse - PZ
Operating Voltage
9A = 120V, 60Hz
9B = 240V, 50 Hz
9C = 240V, 60 Hz
Measurement
8A = Gallon
8B = Liter
8C = Imperial Gallon
8D = Gallon (60# Bypass)
8E = Liter (60# Bypass)
8F = Imperial Gal. (60# Bypass)
Valance Panels
7A = 24", Painted
7B = 24", Stainless
7C = 24", Painted w/Insert
7D = 24", Stainless w/Insert
7E = Without Valance
Introduction
Tokheim Corporation
1-10
PREMIER B (H and I) MODEL DISPENSERS
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
PREMIER
C
MODEL
DISPENSERS
TOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION
Dispenser Configuration
X X X X C
H = High Hose
3
4
= 30 inch
= 45 inch
1
2
= 1 side
= 2 sides
XX
Dispenser Features
Dispenser Options (shown on Page 1-6)
X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Customer Specific Feature
F2 = Pump Stop
F3 = LIFT LEVER TO START
F4 = PPU Display, positions 2, 3 & 4
Dispenser Payment Terminal
Total Number of Hoses
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
C = Premier C Series Dispenser
Remote
Remote, 1 blended product, multiple hose outlets
Remote, 1 blended product, transverse
Remote, 3 blendeded products, single hose outlet
Remote, 3 blended products, transverse right
Remote, 3 blended products, transverse left
Remote, 4 blended products, single hose outlet
Remote, 4 blended products, transverse right
Remote, 4 blended products, transverse left
Remote, 5 blended products, single hose outlet
Remote, transverse
Suction
Suction w/ three blend prod/single hose outlet
Suction B3 plus one
Suction w/ five blend prod/single hose outlet
Suction w/ one blend prod/multiple hose outlets
Glider
Card Reader
(Must be selected in conjunction with a
T-series DPT option on the next page)
R7 = 2 track, Magnetic Stripe Dual Head
Graphic Printer
(Must be selected in conjunction with a G-series
INSIGHT™ DPT option on the next page)
H1 = Printer with Keypad & Debit
H2 = Printer with Keypad, without Debit
H3 = Printer without Keypad & Debit
Preset Pricing
P1 = Preset
Cash/Credit Pricing
K1 = Dual Pricing
K2 = Single Pricing
Vapor Recovery
IV
= Ready for future Vapor Recovery Upgrade
V
= Vapor Recovery
PM = Partial Vapor (MaxVac w/One Product IV)
MV = MaxVac Vapor Recovery
No Designation = Non Vapor
Cash Acceptor
(Must be selected in conjunction with
a T-series DPT option on the next page)
C2 = With lockable cassette
Introduction
Tokheim Corporation
1-11
R
=
REB
=
REBTR =
RB3
=
RB3TR =
RB3TL =
RB4
=
RB4TR =
RB4TL =
RB5
=
RTR
=
S
=
SB3
=
SB3+1 =
SB5
=
SEB
=
Z
=
(shown on next page)
C
MODEL
DISPENSERS
TOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION
Dispenser Configuration
X X X X C
Dispenser Features
XX
Dispenser Options (shown on Page 1-6)
X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Dispenser Payment Terminal
(Includes Printer)
T2 = Card Reader ONLY
T3 = Cash Acceptor & Card Reader
T4 = DEBIT Card Reader ONLY (TDS Plus)
T5 = Cash Acceptor & DEBIT Card Reader (TDS Plus)
T7 = Card Reader ONLY (Gasboy)
T8 = Cash Acceptor & Card Reader (Gasboy)
T9 = Card Reader ONLY (Hebrew display)
T10 = Debit Card Reader (TDS)
INSIGHT™ Dispenser Payment Terminal
G9 = Card Reader Only - Dual Head
G10 = Card Reader - Dual Head, Cash Acceptor, Locking
Cassette
Introduction
Tokheim Corporation
1-12
PREMIER
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
PREMIER
C
MODEL
DISPENSERS
TOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION
Dispenser Options
X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Door, Upper
1A = Painted
1B = Stainless Steel
Post Cover
14A = Painted (In/Out)
14B = Stainless (In/Out)
14C = Painted Black
14D = Painted (In), Stainless (Out)
14E = Stainless (In), Painted (Out)
Door, Lower
2A = Painted
2B = Stainless Steel
Motor
11A = 120VAC, 1 phase.
11B = 240VAC, 1 Phase
11C = 240VAC, 3 Phase
11D = 380VAC, 3 Phase
Filters
3J = Spin-On
3K = Strainer Screen
Product Identification Panels
4A = Single Piece Insert
4B = Multi-Piece Insert
Raceway Width
5A = 17", Bottom Access
Speaker
10A = Without Speaker
10B = With Speaker
Dispenser Software
6S = Universal domestic - QQ
6T = International - QR 01
6U = U.S.A. - QR 02
6V = Brazil - QR 03
6W = Thailand - QR 04
6X = Kuwait - QR 05
6Y = Philippines - QR 06
6Z = Israel - QR 07
6AA = Korea - QR 08
6AB = Turkey - QR 09
6AC = Malaysia - QR 10
6AD = Pakistan - QR 11
6AE = Singapore - QR 12
6AF = Hong Kong - QR 13
Operating Voltage
9A = 120V, 60Hz
9B = 240V, 50 Hz
9C = 240V, 60 Hz
Measurement
8A = Gallon
8B = Liter
Valance Panels
7A = Painted
7B = Stainless
7E = Without Valance
Introduction
Tokheim Corporation
1-13
—— NOTICE ——
The U.L. Listing for the dispenser
does not cover all options. Only the
dispensers (which carry the U.L.
Listing mark) are covered by
Underwriters Laboratories.
Battery
15A = Lead Acid
Introduction
Premier B Dispenser Identification
Model H426B =
Premier B Dispenser
Model number notation information is
located on pages 1-8 through 1-10.
Operational Diagrams are
located on pages 1-19 through 1-25.
6 hoses (3 on each side)
2 Sides used
45" Cabinet
Model Type
H411B, H422B , H711B,
H422B-B3 & B5
45" Cabinet
H411B = 1 side, 1 hose, 3 products
H422B = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 3 products
H422B-B3 & B5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses,
3 & 5 products
H711B = 1 side, 1 hose, 1 product
H422B-B3/B5,
H422B
H413B, H426B
H413B-EB, H426B-EB
H426B-RTR, H426B-REBTR
H414B, H428B,
H414B-EB, H428B-EB,
H428B-RTR, H428B-REBTR
45" Cabinet
H413B = 1 side, 3 hoses, 3 products
H426B = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products
H413B-EB = 1 side, 3 hoses, 3 products
H426B-EB = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products
H426B-RTR= 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products
H426B-REBTR=2 sides, 6 hoses, 3
products (1 blended)
45" Cabinet
H414B= 1 side, 4 hoses, 4 products
H428B = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4 products
H414B-EB = 1 side, 4 hoses, 4 products
H428B-EB = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4 products
H428B-RTR = 2 sides, 8 hoses,
4 products
H428B-REBTR = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4
products (1 blended)
SIDE “B”
SIDE “B”
SIDE “B”
SIDE “A”
H411B,
H711B
SIDE “B”
SIDE “A”
SIDE “A”
BLENDED HOSE
FOR “-EB”
SIDE “A”
Tokheim Corporation
1-14
BLENDED HOSE
FOR “-EB”
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Introduction
Premier B Dispenser Identification (continued)
Model H324B =
Premier B Dispenser
Model number notation information is
located on pages 1-8 through 1-10.
Operational Diagrams are
located on pages 1-19 through 1-25.
4 hoses (2 on each side)
2 Sides used
30" Cabinet
Model Type
H412B, H424B, H412B-B3(3+1),
H412B- B3(3+1), H424B-B3, H412B-B4(4+1),
H424B-B4
45" Cabinet
H412B = 1 side, 2 hoses, 4 prod(3+1 non-blend)
H412B-B3(3+1)= 1 side, 2 hoses, 4 products
H412B-B4(4+1)= 1 side, 2 hoses, 5 products
H424B = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 prod (3+1 non-blend)
H424B-B4(4+1)= 2 sides, 4 hoses, 5 products
H424B-B3(3+1) = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 products
H424B-B4(4+1) = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 5 products
H311B, H322B, H322B-B3 & B5,
H322B-R1PBA, & H322B-R2PBA
30" Cabinet
H322B-B3/B5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses (1 each
side) & 3/5 products respectively
H322B-R1PBA= 2 sides, 2 hoses, 1 prod.
H322B-R2PBA= 2 sides, 2 hoses, 2 prod.
H311B = 1 side, 1 hose, 1 product
H322B = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 1 product
H311B or
H311B-B3/B5
H324B
30" Cabinet
H324B = 2 sides, 4 hoses
(2 each side),
2 products
H322B or
H322B-R1PBA
SIDE “B”
SIDE “B”
SIDE “B”
SIDE “A”
SIDE “A”
SIDE “A”
SIDE “B”
H322B-B3/5 or H322B-R2PBA
SIDE “B”
SIDE “A”
SIDE “A”
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
1-15
Introduction
Premier C Dispenser Identification
Model H426C =
Premier C Dispenser
Model number notation information is
located on pages 1-11 through 1-13.
Operational Diagrams are
located on pages 1-19 through 1-25.
6 hoses (3 on each side)
2 sides used
45" cabinet
Model Type
H422C-R,
H422C-RB3/RB5
45" Cabinet
H422C-R =2 sides, 2 hoses, 3 products
H422C-RB3/RB5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses,
3 or 5 blended products
H413C-R, H426C-R (-S),
H426C-REB,
H426C-RTR, H426C-REBTR
H428C-R
H428C-REB, H428C-SEB
45" Cabinet
H413C-R = 1 side, 3 hoses, 3 products
H426C-R (-S) = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products
H426C-REB = 2 sides, 6 hoses,
3 products (1 blended)
H426C-RTR = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products,
transverse
H426C-REBTR = 2 sides, 6 hoses,
3 products (1 blended), transverse
45" Cabinet
H428C-R = 2 sides, 8 hoses,
4 products
H428C-REB = 2 sides, 8 hoses,
4 products (1 blended)
H428C-SEB = 2 sides, 8 hoses,
4 products (1 blended)
SIDE “B”
SIDE “B”
SIDE “B”
SIDE “A”
Tokheim Corporation
1-16
SIDE “A”
BLENDED
HOSE FOR
“-REB” or
“-SEB”
BLENDED
HOSE FOR
“-REB”
SIDE “A”
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Introduction
Premier C Dispenser Identification (continued)
Model H424C =
Premier C Dispenser
Model number notation information is
located on pages 1-11 through 1-13.
Operational Diagrams are
located on pages 1-19 through 1-25.
4 hoses (2 on each side)
2 sides used
45" cabinet
Model Type
H424C-RTL, H424C-RB3/4TL
H424C-RTR, H424C-RB3/4TR
H424C-RB3/4TL = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 or 5 products
(3 or 4 blended products, +1 non-blended product)
H424C-RB3/4TR = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 or 5 products
(3 or 4 blended products, +1 non-blended product)
TL = Non-manifolded or Non-blended product/hose
located on left.
TR = Non-manifolded orNon-blended product/hose
located on right.
SIDE “B”
SIDE “B”
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
NON BLEND
HOSE FOR
“RB3/4TR”
OR
NON-MANIFOLED
HOSE FOR
“H424C-RTR”
OR
BLENDED
HOSE FOR
“RB3/4TR”
SIDE “A”
BLENDED
HOSE FOR
“RB3/4TL”
NON-MANIFOLED
HOSE FOR
“H424C-RTL”
OR
NON-BLEND
HOSE FOR
“RB3/4TL”
SIDE “A”
BLENDED
HOSE FOR
“RB3/4TR”
45" Cabinet
H424C-RTR = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 products,
(3 manifolded products, +1 non-manifolded product)
BLENDED
HOSE FOR
“RB3/4TL”
45" Cabinet
H424C-RTL = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 products,
(3 manifolded products, +1 non-manifolded product)
Tokheim Corporation
1-17
Introduction
Premier C Dispenser Identification (continued)
Model H324C =
Premier C Dispenser
Model number notation information is
located on pages 1-11 through 1-13.
Operational Diagrams are
located on pages 1-19 through 1-25.
4 hoses (2 on each side)
2 sides used
30" cabinet
Model Type
H424C-R, H424C-RB3+1,
H424C-SB3+1
H322C-R, H322C-S,
H322C-RB3/RB5, H322C-SB3/SB5
45" Cabinet
H424C-R = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 products,
(3 gas, 1 diesel)
H424C-RB3+1 = 2 sides, 4 hoses,
4 products
H424C-SB3+1 = 2 sides, 4 hoses,
4 products
30" Cabinet
H322C-R = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 1 product
H322C-S = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 1 product
H322C-RB3/RB5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses, &
3/5 products respectively
H322C-SB3/SB5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses, &
3/5 products respectively
SIDE “B”
H322C-R
SIDE “B”
SIDE “A”
H324C-R, H324C-S
30" Cabinet
H324C-R = 2 sides, 4 hoses,
2 products
H324C-S = 2 sides, 4 hoses,
2 products
H322C-RB3/RB5
SIDE “B”
SIDE “A”
SIDE “B”
SIDE “A”
Tokheim Corporation
1-18
NON BLEND
HOSE FOR
“RB3(3+1)”
BLENDED
HOSE FOR
“RB3(3+1)”
SIDE “A”
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Introduction
Operational Diagrams (Premier B & C)
Premier C Multi-hose (per side) Dispenser (H428C-R)
PRODUCT # -------------------- 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 ------------------------ 4
DISPENSER SIDE B
DISPENSER SIDE A
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 2
(HOSE 3)
HANDLE 3
(HOSE 4)
HANDLE 4
HOSE
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 2
HOSE
VALVE 3
HOSE
VALVE 4
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 2
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
PRODUCT #1
PRODUCT #2
PRODUCT #3
PRODUCT #4
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 2
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
HOSE
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 2
HOSE
VALVE 3
HOSE
VALVE 4
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 2
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 3
(HOSE 3)
HANDLE 4
(HOSE 4)
PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 ------------------------ 4
Premier C 1 or 2 Hose Manifolded Dispenser (H424C-R)
PRODUCT # ---------------------------------------------- 1,2,3 ------------------------------------------------ 4
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 4
MANIFOLD
DISPENSER SIDE B
DISPENSER SIDE A
HOSE
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 2
HOSE
VALVE 3
HOSE
VALVE 4
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 2
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
PRODUCT #1
PRODUCT #2
PRODUCT #3
PRODUCT #4
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 2
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
HOSE
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 2
HOSE
VALVE 3
HOSE
VALVE 4
MANIFOLD
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 4
(HOSE 2)
PRODUCT # (F28) -------------------------------------- 1,2,3 ------------------------------------------------ 4
= Optional
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
1-19
Introduction
Operational Diagrams (Premier B & C)
Premier C Electronic Blend Dispenser (H426C-REB)
PRODUCT # -------------------- 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 ------------------------ 4
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 2
(HOSE 3)
HANDLE 3
(HOSE 4)
HANDLE 4
HOSE
VALVE 3
HOSE
VALVE 4
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
PRODUCT #1
PRODUCT #2
+1 PRODUCT
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
HOSE
VALVE 3
HOSE
VALVE 4
HOSE
VALVE 1
BLENDING
VALVE 2
BLENDING
VALVE 1
DISPENSER SIDE B
DISPENSER SIDE A
BLENDING
VALVE 2
BLENDING
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 1
HANDLE 2
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 3
(HOSE 3)
HANDLE 4
(HOSE 4)
PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 ------------------------ 4
= Optional
Premier Electronic Variable Blend Dispenser
(H424C-RB3, B4, or B5)
PRODUCT # ------------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4 ------------------------------------------------ 5
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 4
HOSE
VALVE 4
BLENDING
VALVE 2
BLENDING
VALVE 1
DISPENSER SIDE B
DISPENSER SIDE A
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
PRODUCT #1
PRODUCT # 2
+1 PRODUCT
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
BLENDING
VALVE 2
BLENDING
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 4
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 4
(HOSE 2)
PRODUCT # (F28) ----------------------------------- 1,2,3,4 ------------------------------------------------ 5
= Optional
Tokheim Corporation
1-20
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Introduction
Transverse Dispenser Configurations (Premier C)
Product Locations
Transverse dispenser models have their products arranged in a transverse
(reverse) order from side A to side B. The last two letters of the model
number identifies a transverse left (TL) or a transverse right (TR) dispenser.
Refer to the operational diagrams on the following pages for product
locations on Tokheim transverse dispenser models.
Totalizer Locations
The totalizer locations on transverse dispenser models H424C-RB3TL(TR)
or H424C-RB4TL(TR) do not correspond with the locations of the products
on the dials and panels of the dispenser. See the illustration below to match
the totalizers with the products they are metering.
PRODUCTS #1-3 (RB3TL)
PRODUCTS #1-4 (RB4TL)
T1
TOP
VIEW
NON-BLEND PRODUCT
(DIESEL)
T2
T4
Totalizers
TL = Transverse Left
TR = Transverse Right
T1
T2
T4
SIDE A
NON-BLEND PRODUCT
(DIESEL)
PRODUCTS #1-3 (RB3TL)
PRODUCTS #1-4 (RB4TL)
T1
= Meter Product #1 Totalizer
T2
= Meter Product #2 Totalizer
T4
= Meter Product #4 Totalizer
(non-blend product, usually Diesel)
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Tokheim Corporation
1-21
Introduction
Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse)
Premier C Manifolded, Transverse Dispenser (H424C-RTR)
PRODUCT # ----------------------------------------------- 4 ---------------------------------------------- 1,2,3
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 4
TL = Transverse Left
TR = Transverse Right
Refers to the position
of the non-manifolded
product on these
models.
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 1
MANIFOLD
DISPENSER SIDE B
DISPENSER SIDE A
HOSE
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 2
HOSE
VALVE 3
HOSE
VALVE 4
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 2
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
PRODUCT #1
PRODUCT #2
PRODUCT #3
PRODUCT #4
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 2
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
HOSE
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 2
HOSE
VALVE 3
HOSE
VALVE 4
MANIFOLD
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 4
(HOSE 2)
PRODUCT # (F28) ---------------------------------- 1,2,3 --------------------------------------------------- 4
Premier C Manifolded, Transverse Dispenser (H424C-RTL)
PRODUCT # ------------------------------------------ 1,2,3 --------------------------------------------------- 4
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 4
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 1
MANIFOLD
DISPENSER SIDE B
DISPENSER SIDE A
HOSE
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 2
HOSE
VALVE 3
HOSE
VALVE 4
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 2
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
PRODUCT #1
PRODUCT #2
PRODUCT #3
PRODUCT #4
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 2
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
HOSE
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 2
HOSE
VALVE 3
HOSE
VALVE 4
MANIFOLD
HANDLE 4
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 2)
PRODUCT # (F28) --------------------------------------- 4 ---------------------------------------------- 1,2,3
Tokheim Corporation
1-22
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Introduction
Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse)
Premier Electronic Variable Blend, Transverse Dispenser “4+1”
(H424C-RB4TR)
PRODUCT # ----------------------------------------------- 5 ----------------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 4
TL = Transverse Left
TR = Transverse Right
Refers to the position
of the non-blended
product on these
models.
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 1
HOSE
VALVE 4
BLENDING
VALVE 2
BLENDING
VALVE 1
DISPENSER SIDE B
DISPENSER SIDE A
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
PRODUCT #1
PRODUCT # 2
+1 PRODUCT
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
BLENDING
VALVE 2
BLENDING
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 4
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 4
(HOSE 2)
PRODUCT # (F28) ------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4 ----------------------------------------------- 5
BLEND RATIO (F26) ------------------------------------- % ------------------------------------------------ NON
Premier Electronic Variable Blend, Transverse Dispenser “4+1”
(H424C-RB4TL)
PRODUCT # -------------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4 ------------------------------------------------ 5
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 4
HOSE
VALVE 4
BLENDING
VALVE 2
BLENDING
VALVE 1
DISPENSER SIDE B
DISPENSER SIDE A
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
PRODUCT #1
PRODUCT # 2
+1 PRODUCT
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 3
METER
POSITION 4
BLENDING
VALVE 2
BLENDING
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 4
HANDLE 4
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 2)
PRODUCT # (F28) ---------------------------------------- 5 ----------------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4
BLEND RATIO (F26) ----------------------------------- NON ------------------------------------------------ %
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Tokheim Corporation
1-23
Introduction
Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse)
Premier C Multi-hose, Transverse Dispenser (H426C-RTR)
PRODUCT ---------------------- 3 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 1
(HOSE 3)
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 2
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 3
HOSE
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 2
HOSE
VALVE 3
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 2
METER
POSITION 3
PRODUCT #1
PRODUCT #2
PRODUCT #3
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 2
METER
POSITION 3
TL = Transverse Left
TR = Transverse Right
DISPENSER SIDE B
DISPENSER SIDE A
HOSE
VALVE 1
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 1)
HOSE
VALVE 2
HOSE
VALVE 3
HANDLE 2
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 3
(HOSE 3)
PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3
Premier C Multi-hose, Transverse Dispenser (H426C-RTL)
PRODUCT ---------------------- 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3
DISPENSER SIDE B
DISPENSER SIDE A
(HOSE 3)
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 2
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 3
HOSE
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 2
HOSE
VALVE 3
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 2
METER
POSITION 3
PRODUCT #1
PRODUCT #2
PRODUCT #3
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 2
METER
POSITION 3
HOSE
VALVE 1
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 1)
HOSE
VALVE 2
HOSE
VALVE 3
HANDLE 2
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 3
(HOSE 3)
PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 3 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 1
Tokheim Corporation
1-24
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Introduction
Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse)
Premier C Electronic Blend, Transverse Dispenser
(H426C-REBTR)
PRODUCT ---------------------- 3 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 1
(HOSE 3)
HANDLE 1
TL = Transverse Left
TR = Transverse Right
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 2
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 3
HOSE
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 3
BLENDING
VALVE 2
BLENDING
VALVE 1
DISPENSER SIDE B
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 3
PRODUCT #1
PRODUCT #2
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 3
DISPENSER SIDE A
BLENDING
VALVE 2
BLENDING
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 3
HOSE
VALVE 1
HANDLE 2
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 3
(HOSE 3)
PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3
BLEND RATIO (F26) ------ NON ---------------------- 50 ------------------- NON
Premier C Electronic Blend, Transverse Dispenser
(H426C-REBTL)
PRODUCT ---------------------- 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 2
(HOSE 3)
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 3
HOSE
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 3
BLENDING
VALVE 2
BLENDING
VALVE 1
DISPENSER SIDE B
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 3
PRODUCT #1
PRODUCT #2
METER
POSITION 1
METER
POSITION 3
DISPENSER SIDE A
BLENDING
VALVE 2
BLENDING
VALVE 1
HOSE
VALVE 3
HOSE
VALVE 1
HANDLE 1
(HOSE 1)
HANDLE 2
(HOSE 2)
HANDLE 3
(HOSE 3)
PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 3 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 1
BLEND RATIO (F26) ------ NON ---------------------- 50 ------------------- NON
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Tokheim Corporation
1-25
Introduction
Electronic Blend Valve Operation (Premier B & C)
Each blended product per dispenser side requires a Blend Controller Valve
assembly, which consists of four solenoids and two blend regulator valves.
The blended product is produced by cycling the four solenoids, which then
control the positions of the two diaphragm-operated blend regulator valves.
SOLENOIDS
SOLENOIDS
BLEND
REGULATOR
VALVE
BLEND
REGULATOR
VALVE
From each pure grade product per dispenser side, there are two solenoids and
one blend regulator valve.
The inlet solenoid is normally closed (N.C.).
The outlet solenoid is normally open (N.O.).
The position of the blend regulator valve is determined by the two solenoids
cycling to increase or decrease the amount of pressurized product acting
against the regulating valve's actuating diaphragm.
BLEND
REGULATOR
VALVE
INLET
SOLENOID
OUTLET
SOLENOID
Varying product
pressure here. . .
. . .opens/closes
regulating valve here
Tokheim Corporation
1-26
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Introduction
Electronic Blend Valve Operational Sequence
1. When a blended product is selected and dispensing begins, the two inlet
(N.C.) solenoids are activated (opened). Slow flow begins at a rate of
one gallon per minute per solenoid (2 gallons per minute total). After
seven pulses are received, full flow begins and blend regulation begins.
2. The Blend Controller board monitors the two pure grade sets of pulses
received from the pulsers and communicates with the Expanded
Computer board. The Blend Controller board keeps a count of the pulses
from each product pulser in an accumulative pulse counter. The Blend
Controller board looks at the accumulative pulse counter every 40
milliseconds until 100 total pulses are received.
If 100 pulses are not received in a 40 millisecond time span, no ratio
calculation is performed, and the pulse counter is checked after the next
40 milliseconds.
3. The Blend Controller board tells the Expanded Computer board how
many pulses came from each pulser. Once 100 total pulses are received
and the blend ratio is not programmed for 100% of product 1 or product
2, the Blend Controller board checks to see:
• if in the 100 pulses, at least one pulse was received from
each of the 2 pulsers (this is referred to as 100 valid pulses),
then the blend ratio is checked and the counter is reset.
• if all 100 pulses were received from one pulser (this is
referred to as 100 invalid pulses), the sale is stopped and an
error is displayed.
If the blend ratio is programmed for 100% of either product, the Blend
Controller board checks to see:
• if 100 pulses were received from two pulsers (this is referred
to as 100 invalid pulses), the sale is stopped and an error is
displayed.
4. If the calculated blend ratio does not match the programmed blend ratio,
the Expanded Computer board determines a solenoid control adjustment
to maintain an accuracy of 1/2% of the programmed blend ratio:
• for the first 1/2 gallon of flow, the blend ratio checking is
performed, but no errors are displayed if they occur
• by the end of the first 1/2 gallon of flow, a 20% blend ratio
accuracy must be obtained or flow is stopped
• from 1/2 gallon to 2 gallons, the system's accuracy must
remain within 20% of its blend ratio or blend errors are
displayed and product flow is stopped
• after 2 gallons the blend ratio error checking requires 3% or
better blend accuracy or errors are displayed and product
flow is stopped
Electronic Blend Valve Operational Sequence continued on next page...
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Tokheim Corporation
1-27
Introduction
Electronic Blend Valve Operational Sequence
(continued)
The Blender Valve
Power Supply
Assembly
provides +24 vdc
to the Blend Valve
Interface Board to
operate the blend
control solenoids.
5. To keep the blend accuracy within the required tolerances, the solenoids
are cycled by varying the duration and frequency rate of the +24 VDC
solenoid control pulses. In a 60:40 blend, the 60% product is designated
as the primary product (i.e. the larger of the two products).
6. The inlet solenoid of the primary product stays open all the time while
the secondary product valve's solenoid provides the mixing.
If line pressure differentials occur, such as submerged pump pressure
variations or restricted filters, and the system is unable to bring the
blend ratio to within the required tolerances by varying the duration and
frequency of the solenoids, the blending process is reversed. The inlet
solenoid of the secondary product stays open all the time and the
primary product valve's solenoid provides the mixing.
7. If 3% blend accuracy is not achieved after 2 gallons, or the blend ratio
exceeds the 3% accuracy tolerance anytime during the sale, the system
allows an additional .50 gallons (500 pulses) to be dispensed to bring the
accuracy to within 3%. During this time the solenoid positions are varied
to bring the blend ratio back into the 3% acceptable tolerance.
8. If the calculation determines that the ratio has been brought back into
tolerance:
• the error counter is reset
• the corrected solenoid valve(s) positions are maintained
• the pulse counter is reset and another 40 millisecond count
sequence begins
9. If the blend ratio is not brought back within tolerance, a blend error is
displayed and product flow stops.
Although the system does not display an error unless the blend ratio goes
outside of the 3% range, the system works to maintain accuracy of 1/2 %. If
the calculation determines that the blend ratio error is greater than 1/2 %, the
solenoid valve(s) are adjusted. The solenoid valves involved are determined
by the primary and secondary product ratio and the direction that the blend
ratio is out of tolerance. The amount of valve adjustment depends on how far
the blend ratio accuracy is out of tolerance.
Tokheim Corporation
1-28
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Introduction
System Overview
PREMIER DISPENSER
ELECTRONICS
DPT
MODEL 69 DPT
INTERFACE
BOX
The TED (Tokheim
Encryption Device) box is
only used when your
dispenser includes standard
DPT with TDS controller
boards. See Section 7 for
more information on the
TED box.
TEDBOX
(SEE NOTE)
MODEL 67
DISPENSER
INTERFACE
BOX
DHC
OR
VXDHC
SITE CONTROLLER
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Tokheim Corporation
1-29
Introduction
Tokheim Corporation
1-30
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Accessing Electrical Components
Section 2: Accessing Electrical Components
!
WARNING
All installations must
conform to NFPA
(National Fire
Protection Agency)
30, 30A, 70 and
applicable National,
State, and Local code
requirements.
Otherwise, severe
injury or death could
result.
Scope
This section includes information for identifying side A, disconnecting
power to the dispenser, and gaining access to electrical components.
Section 2 Contents
Dispenser Orientation (Premier B & C) .......................................... 2-2
Premier B Components
Electronics Enclosure Components ............................................... 2-4
Accessing the Card Cage .............................................................. 2-6
Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards ....................................... 2-8
Accessing the DPT Controller Boards ........................................... 2-9
Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery Components ....................... 2-10
Accessing the Connection Box ..................................................... 2-11
Premier C Components
Electronics Enclosure Components
Premier C with Standard DPT and Cash Acceptor Options ... 2-12
Premier C with INSIGHT DTP & TDS Options ...................... 2-14
Accessing Hardware on Premier C .............................................. 2-16
Accessing the Card Cage ............................................................ 2-17
Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards ..................................... 2-17
Accessing the DPT Controller Boards ......................................... 2-18
Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery Components ....................... 2-19
Accessing the Connection Box .................................................... 2-20
! DANGER
V
Gasoline and petroleum products
are flammable.
The hazard or unsafe practice may
result in death or severe injury to
persons or damage to equipment
or property.
Follow ALL safety precautions as
outlined in the Safety Information
section at the front of this manual.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
2-1
Accessing Electrical Components
Dispenser Orientation (Premier B & C)
Determining Side A on the Dispenser
1.
2.
Look at the base of the dispenser.
The side with the model/serial number plate is Side A of the
dispenser.
SIDE A
Never use the location
of a specific product
on the dispenser to
determine Side A. Use
the serial plate as the
reference.
Model/Serial
plate location
Tokheim Corporation
2-2
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Accessing Electrical Components
Dispenser Orientation (continued)
Determining Product Number Assignments (Premier B & C)
Examples of product number orientation on selected models are shown
below. Side B product (assignment) numbers for a model H422 can be
programmed in ascending or descending order. The assigned numbers are
used by the console to identify the hose or product. For more information,
reference manager Mode F28 in section 4.
TYPICAL H413, H426
P1
P1
TYPICAL H411, H422
PRODUCT NUMBERS - SIDE B
P2
P3
P3
P2
P3
P1
PRODUCT NUMBERS - SIDE A
In this example, side B
product assignments are
programmed to mirror
side A product assignments.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
PRODUCT NUMBERS - SIDE B
P2
P1
P2
P3
PRODUCT NUMBERS - SIDE A
In this example, side B
product assignments are
programmed to match side
A's product assignments
(transverse).
Tokheim Corporation
2-3
Accessing Electrical Components
Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier B)
Premier B with standard DPT and Cash Acceptor Options
7
P
5
P
11
P
13
P
3
P
4
P
10
P
1
P
12
P
2
P
8
P
9
P
14
P
8
P
9
P
8
P
9
P
6
P
8 CASH PRICE PER UNIT VOLUME DISPLAY
1 OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD
P
P
9 CREDIT PRICE PER UNIT VOLUME DISPLAY**
2 CUSTOMER PROMPTS DISPLAY AREA* P
P
10 ACCESS PANEL TO CASH ACCEPTOR CASSETTE
3 MONEY DISPLAY
P
P
11 DPT PRINTER PANEL
4
P
P VOLUME DISPLAY
12 RECEIPT SLOT**
5 MAGNETIC KEYSWITCH AREA
P
P
6
13 CASH ACCEPTOR**
PRODUCT
SELECTION
KEYPAD
AREA
P
P
14
7
P CARD READER**
P DPT DISPLAY **
*DISPLAYED ON NON-DPT ONLY
**THESE ITEMS ARE OPTIONAL
Keypads
Operator Interface (optional on the 411/422)
•
•
•
•
used for data entry, starting and stopping the dispenser, and
manager mode programming.
will contain MOP (Method Of Payment) selection keys if
dual-MOPs are utilized.
may contain keys to operate a DPT if one is installed.
will require programming (via Mode 29) at initial power up
Product Selection (provided on single-hose Premier dispensers and
dispensers with Debit DPT, if applicable)
•
Tokheim Corporation
2-4
this keypad is used for product selection, entering manager
mode if Debit DPT is present, and programmed as a Start
key if a Debit DPT is present.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Accessing Electrical Components
Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier B)
Premier B with INSIGHT™ DPT & TDS Options
2
P
7
P
2
P
1
P
6
5
4
3
2
12
11
10
9
8
18
17
16
15
14
24
23
22
21
20
1
13
P P
4
5
P
6
3
P
1 GRAPHIC DISPLAY*
P
2 SOFTKEYS KEYPAD*
P
3 CARDREADER*
P
4 CASH ACCEPTOR*
P
5 PRINTER (STANDARD OR GRAPHIC*)
P
6 REMOTE KEYPAD (TDS, TDS PLUS, AND FLEET ONLY)*
P
7 DEBIT DISPLAY (TDS PLUS ONLY)*
P
*THESE ITEMS ARE OPTIONAL
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
2-5
Accessing Electrical Components
Accessing the Card Cage on Premier B
(All models except H300B Series Dispensers)
!
WARNING
Hazard of electrical
shock. Remove ALL
electrical power to the
dispenser, lights,
electronics, and
communications. More
than one disconnect
switch may be required
to remove power.
From side A: (Refer to illustration on next page)
1. Unlock the access panel (rightmost panel) and remove it.
2. At the upper left corner of this opening, push the slide left to release the
Display Dialface (not shown), while pushing in on the Display Dialface.
3. Pull and raise the Display Dialface. If a product selection keypad exists
on the Display Dialface, hold onto the Dialface while disconnecting the
harnesses from the display board at J3 & J7.
4. Set the Display Dialface in a safe location.
5. On the display board assembly, rotate the top corner fasteners 1/4 turn
counter-clockwise and gently lower the display.
Accessing the Card Cage on Premier B
( H300B Series only)
From side A: (Refer to illustration on next page)
1. Unlock and remove the applicable dial on your dispenser. Follow the
instructions below.
Printer - Unlock Printer. Tilt top of Printer toward you and disconnect
printer harness. Lift Printer Assembly up and out. Place in a safe
location. Go to step 2.2.
Keypad Dial Assembly - Unlock Keypad Dial Assembly. Tilt toward
you and disconnect the keypad harness. Lift Dial up and out. Place in a
safe location. Go to step 2.3.
Blank Dial Assembly - Unlock Blank Dial Assembly. Remove and
discard blank dial. A new Keypad Dial Assembly will be installed in its
place in a later step. Go to step 2.3
2. At the upper right corner of the printer opening, pull the slide latch to the
left to release the DPT Dial Assembly (while pushing in on the top of the
dial assembly). Tilt the DPT Dial Assembly toward you and let it rest in
the forward hinged position.
3. At the upper right corner of this opening, pull the slide latch to the left to
release the Display Dialface (not shown), while pushing in on the
Display Dialface.
4. Lift the Display Dialface up and out. If a product selection keypad is
installed on the dispenser, hold the Display Dialface while disconnecting
the 2 harnesses from the display board at J3 & J7.
5. Carefully place the Display Dialface in a safe location.
6. On the display board assembly, rotate the top corner fasteners 1/4 turn
counter-clockwise and gently lower the display.
Tokheim Corporation
2-6
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Accessing Electrical Components
Accessing the Card Cage on Premier B (continued)
BLANK
DIAL
ASSEMBLY
Your dispenser may
have a Keypad Dial
Assembly or Blank Dial
Assembly instead of a
DPT Dial and Printer.
DISPLAY BOARD
KEYPAD
DIAL
ASSEMBLY
J3
J7
[Printer][ DPT Dial ][ Display Dialface ] [ Access Panel ]
CARD
CAGE
SERIAL PLATE LOCATION
(WHEN LOOKING AT SIDE A)
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
2-7
Accessing Electrical Components
Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards (Premier B)
!
WARNING!
Turn off the power
switch and push the
Interface board Control
Button before removing
any boards!
To gain access to the circuit boards, remove and save the two screws and
retainer bracket shown below. Carefully remove the circuit boards using the
nylon card ejectors on the front corners of each board.
Power Switch
Retainer Screws
Retainer Bracket
Control Button
Accessing Options
CASH
ACCEPTOR
CASH
ACCEPTOR
CASSETTE
DPT
PRINTER
DPT CONTROLLER
BOARD
PREMIER B DISPENSER
ELECTRONICS ENCLOSURE
DPT PANEL
OR
NON-DPT PANEL (USED WHEN NO DPT IS PRESENT)
For access to the DPT Printer, Cash Acceptor and Cassette, see Section 7
For access to the INSIGHT™ DPT and Graphic Printer, see Section 8.
Tokheim Corporation
2-8
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Accessing Electrical Components
Accessing the DPT Controller Boards (Premier B )
Standard DPT and INSIGHT DPT Controller Boards
1. The card cage must be accessed first, refer to page 2-6 for instructions.
2. Look at the top and bottom of the left side of the card cage opening.
Locate the “slide” fasteners just like the one used to access the card cage
area. Note the following model differences:
• 30" Premier has only the top slide fastener
•
45" Premier has both top and bottom slide fasteners
3. Referring to the diagram below,
m Top slide fastener moves left to disengage “
n Bottom slide fastener moves right to disengage ˆ
Gently pull the DPT dial section out towards you until the DPT
controller board is accessible. BE CAREFUL! This assembly will fall
out if pulled too far! (10" maximum)
4. If side B access is desired, repeat all steps for side B.
Gently pull the DPT dial section out
towards you until the DPT board is
accessible — BE CAREFUL! — This
assembly will fall out if pulled too far!
(10" max.)
m
n
SERIAL PLATE LOCATION
(side A)
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
2-9
Accessing Electrical Components
Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery System
Components (Premier B)
See section 9
for detailed
information on
the MaxVac
Vapor Recovery
System.
Unlock and Remove the Access Panel on:
• Side A to access the MaxVac Motor Control board
• Side B to access the MaxVac Power Supply board
ACCESS
PANEL
SIDE A
MAXVAC POWER SUPPLY
BOARD IS ACCESSED FROM
SIDE B (MOUNTED TO A
SUPPORT BRACKET)
Tokheim Corporation
2-10
MAXVAC MOTOR
CONTROL BOARD IS
ACCESSED FROM SIDE A
(MOUNTED TO A SUPPORT
BRACKET).
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Accessing Electrical Components
Accessing the Connection Box (Premier B)
!
The connection box is located behind the lower door on Side B of the
dispenser (for models 412, 414, 424 & 428, the connection box is on Side A).
Side B does NOT have the serial plate attached to it. Unlock the keylock at
each end of the lower door to gain access to the connection box.
WARNING
Hazard of electrical
shock. More than one
disconnect switch
may be required to
de-energize the device.
Open the circuit before
removing cover. Keep
cover secured when
power is applied.
KEYLOCKS
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1234567890123456789012345678901212345
1
TERMINAL BLOCK
SIGNALS
See section 4
for information
on intercom
speaker wiring.
1
+485 DPT A COMM
2
+485 DPT B COMM
3
-485 DPT A COMM
4
-485 DPT B COMM
5
DCC DPT A COMM
6
DCC DPT B COMM
TTC
1
TTD
2
DCC
3
NO CONNECTION
4
MOTOR CONTROL 1
5
MOTOR CONTROL 2
6
MOTOR CONTROL 3
7
MOTOR CONTROL 4
8
UDC ACH
9
UDC ACC
10
DISP LIGHTS ACH
11
DISP LIGHTS ACC
12
VALANCE LIGHTS ACH
13
VALANCE LIGHTS ACC
14
SPARE ACH
15
SPARE ACC
16
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
9
1
3
6
1
6
10
7
4
5
16
8
2
CONNECTION BOX
!
WARNING
When replacing the connection
box cover, tighten the cover bolts
using the tightening order shown.
An incorrect tightening order may
result in a flame path violation.
Tokheim Corporation
2-11
Accessing Electrical Components
Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier C)
Premier C with Standard DPT and Cash Acceptor Options
„

ƒ
‚
m
‰
…
†
‡
ˆ
Š
Primary Access Door
This door provides access to the dual-head cardreader, printer, cash acceptor
cassette and intrinsically safe barrier board. The lock requires a TPX-88 key.
Open this door first to gain access to the other door(s) on this side of the
electronics enclosure. A release latch for the next door is located on the right
side of the door opening.
‚
Receipt Slot for DPT Printer*
ƒ
Dual Head Cardreader*
„
Money/Volume Display (two 6-digit displays)
•
•
In operating mode, they display total sale currency and total
sale in gallons or liters, respectively.
In manager mode, they display programming information.
* These components are optional.
Tokheim Corporation
2-12
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Accessing Electrical Components
Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier C)
…
Price Per Unit Volume Displays (4-digit displays)
•
•
•
†
One PPUV display per product and price. Each PPUV
display has an arrowhead that is turned on when that product
and price is selected.
Dual-price dispensers have two PPUV displays per product.
Single-price dispensers have one PPUV display per product
and is located in the top PPUV position. The bottom PPUV
is covered.
Product Selection Keypad (1 x 5)
This keypad is provided on single-hose dispensers and dispensers with Debit
DPT. This keypad is used for:
• Product selection (no DPT or non-debit DPT installed)
• Manager mode programming if Debit DPT is installed
• Start key if Debit DPT is installed
‡
DPT Display* (Standard, 4-line x 20-character display)
Used with the standard DPT keypad to display customer instructions.
ˆ
Operator Interface Keypad (4 x 6)*
•
•
•
•
‰
Used for manager mode programming and starting and
stopping the dispenser. Not used for manager mode
programming if Debit DPT components are installed.
Provides preset input if presets are enabled.
Includes MOP (Method Of Payment) selection buttons if
dual-MOPs are utilized.
May include buttons to operate a DPT.
Keyswitch Area
The location where the manager or arming key is placed to enter or exit
manager's mode and to arm or disarm a dispenser.
Š
Cash Acceptor*
* These components are optional.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
2-13
Accessing Electrical Components
Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier C)
Premier C with INSIGHT™ DPT & TDS Options
†

ƒ
…
‚
„

‡
ˆ
Š
‰
Primary Access Door
This door provides access to the dual-head cardreader, printer (standard or
graphic), cash acceptor cassette and intrinsically safe barrier board. The lock
requires a TPX-88 key. Open this door first to gain access to the other door(s)
on this side of the electronics enclosure. A release latch for the next door is
located on the right side of the door opening.
‚
Receipt Slot for DPT (standard or graphic) Printer *
ƒ
INSIGHT Debit Display (4-lines x 20-characters)*
Used with the Debit DPT keypad. Displays customer instructions for debit
transactions.
„
Remote Keypad (TDS, TDS Plus, and Fleet only)*
…
Dual Head Cardreader*
* These components are optional.
Tokheim Corporation
2-14
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Accessing Electrical Components
Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier C)
†
Money/Volume Display (two 6-digit displays)
•
•
•
‡
Price Per Unit Volume Displays (4-digit displays)
•
•
•
ˆ
In operating mode, they display total sale currency and total
sale in gallons or liters, respectively.
In manager mode, they display programming information.
The shaded rectangle (for illustration purposes only) to the
right of the money/volume display is the area where the
manager or arming key is placed to enter/exit manager's
mode or to arm or disarm a dispenser.
One PPUV display per product and price. Each PPUV
display has an arrowhead that is turned on when that product
and price is selected.
Dual-price dispensers have two PPUV displays per product.
Single-price dispensers have one PPUV display per product
and is located in the top PPUV position. The bottom PPUV
is covered.
Product Selection Keypad (1 x 5)
This keypad is provided on single-hose dispensers and dispensers with Debit
DPT. This keypad is used for:
• Product selection (no DPT or non-debit DPT installed)
• Manager mode programming if Debit DPT is installed
• Start key if Debit DPT is installed
‰
INSIGHT DPT Display & Operator Interface Keypad*
(Graphic or 9-lines x 20-characters in text mode)
Used with the standard INSIGHT DPT keypad. Displays customer
instructions for card or cash transactions.
• The softkeys located along the sides of the INSIGHT
graphic display serve as the operator interface keypad.
• Used for data entry, starting and stopping the dispenser, and
manager mode programming (not used for manager mode
programming if Debit DPT components installed).
• Provides preset input if presets are enabled.
• Includes MOP (Method Of Payment) selection keys if dualMOPs are utilized.
Š
Cash Acceptor*
* These components are optional.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
2-15
Accessing Electrical Components
Accessing Hardware on Premier C
Primary Access Door Lock: One lock per side of the dispenser head
provides access to opening the other door(s). Printers are easily accessed for
changing paper behind this primary access door.
Primary Access
Door Lock
SIDE A
Lower
Door Locks
!
CAUTION
The lower door locks
are a draw style lock
that pull the door in
when turned clockwise.
Hand-tighten only to
prevent key from
breaking off in lock.
Tokheim Corporation
2-16
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Accessing Electrical Components
!
WARNING
Hazard of electrical
shock. More than one
disconnect switch
may be required to
remove power.
Accessing the Card Cage on Premier C
1. Identify side A of the dispenser. It is the side with the serial plate.
2. Using a TPX88 key, unlock and open the left door of the electronics
enclosure.
3. At the middle right edge of this door opening, release the latch that
secures the middle door.
4. Open the middle door to expose the card cage. See the card cage
illustration below.
!
Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards
WARNING!
Turn off the power
To gain access to the circuit boards, remove and save the two screws and
switch and push the
retainer bracket shown below. Carefully remove the circuit boards using the
Interface board Control
nylon card ejectors on the front corners of each board.
Button before removing
any boards!
CARD CAGE

‚
ƒ
…
‡
!
CAUTION
Static electricity can
result in circuit board
failure. Wear a
grounded static strap
to protect the
components from
static discharge.
Connect the static
strap clip to any sheet
metal edge of the card
cage in the electronics
enclosure.
„
†

‚
ƒ
„
…
†
‡
AC Power Switch
Screws for Circuit Board Retainer Bracket
Circuit Board Retainer Bracket
CPU Board
Control Button on Interface Board
J20 Battery Connection
Options Power Supply
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
2-17
Accessing Electrical Components
Accessing the DPT Controller Boards (Premier C )
Standard DPT and INSIGHT DPT Controller Boards
On Side A: Unlock and open the primary access door.
See sections 7
and 8 for detailed
information on the
DPT Controller
Boards.
On Side B:
1. Unlock and open the primary access door of the electronics enclosure
using a TPX88 key.
2. At the middle right edge of this door opening, release the latch that
secures the middle door.
3. Open the middle door and release the latch that secures the right access
door. This step is for H400C series dispensers only.
PRIMARY
ACCESS
DOOR
SIDE A
THE DPT CONTROLLER BOARDS
ARE ACCESSED FROM THE
PRIMARY ACCESS DOOR ON SIDE
A OR FROM THE RIGHT ACCESS
DOOR ON SIDE B
Tokheim Corporation
2-18
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Accessing Electrical Components
Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery System
Components (Premier C)
See section 9 for
detailed
information on the
MaxVac Vapor
Recovery System.
On Side A:
1. Unlock and open the primary access door of the electronics enclosure
using a TPX88 key.
2. At the middle right edge of this door opening, release the latch that
secures the middle door.
3. Open the middle door and release the latch that secures the right access
door. This step is for H400C series dispensers only.
On Side B: Unlock and open the primary access door.
PRIMARY
ACCESS
DOOR
SIDE A
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
THE MAXVAC MOTOR CONTROL
BOARD(S) AND POWER SUPPLY
ASSEMBLY ARE ACCESSED FROM
THE RIGHT ACCESS DOOR ON SIDE
A OR THE PRIMARY ACCESS DOOR
ON SIDE B
Tokheim Corporation
2-19
Accessing Electrical Components
Accessing the Connection Box (Premier C)
!
WARNING
Hazard of electrical
shock. More than one
disconnect switch
may be required to
de-energize the device.
Open the circuit before
removing cover. Keep
cover secured when
power is applied.
Locating the Connection Box
The connection box is located on Side B of the dispenser, behind the lower
door. Side B is the side that does not have the serial plate attached to the base
of the dispenser. Unlock the lower door on side B of the dispenser to gain
access to the connection box. Be sure to follow the tightening order shown
below when replacing the cover to the connection box.
Terminal Block Signals
You may or may not require connections to all of the signals, depending on
the type of dispenser and options installed.
TERMINAL BLOCK SIGNALS
1
There are no
connections to the
terminal strip in the
connection box for
Intercom/Speaker
wiring or Spandrel
wiring. Intercom/
speaker field wires
will be joined together
with the dispenser
intercom/speaker
wires in the dispenser
connection box.
SIDE B
!
TTC
2
TTD
3
CONSOLE DCC
4
+ 485 DPT
5
- 485 DPT
6
DCC DPT
7
NO CONNECTION
8
NO CONNECTION
9
ACH UDC
10
ACC UDC
11
ACH LIGHTS
12
ACC LIGHTS
13
ACH SPARE
14
ACC SPARE
15
ACH MOTOR CONTROL 1
16
ACH MOTOR CONTROL 2
17
ACH MOTOR CONTROL 3
18
ACH MOTOR CONTROL 4
TIGHTENING ORDER FOR COVER BOLTS
WARNING
When replacing the
connection box cover,
tighten the cover bolts
using the tightening
order shown. An
incorrect tightening
order may result in a
flame path violation.
11
Tokheim Corporation
2-20
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
2
13
4
1
6
TERMINAL BLOCK
8
10
18
14
9
7
5
3
1
12
System Circuit Boards
Section 3: System Circuit Boards
SCOPE
!
This section provides information for identifying the circuit boards used in
CAUTION
Premier B and C series dispensers. Each circuit board is described as to
Static electricity can
features, functions, connectors, and test points as applicable.
result in circuit board
For MaxVac system circuits boards, see Section 9.
failure. Wear a
For DPT circuit boards, see Sections 7 and 8.
grounded static strap
to protect the
components from
Section 3 Contents
static discharge.
Common Circuit Boards for Premier B and C
Connect the static
strap clip to any sheet
Circuit Board Orientation ............................................................... 3-2
metal edge of the card
Mother Board ................................................................................ 3-3
cage in the electronics
Interface Board .............................................................................. 3-6
enclosure.
Expanded Computer Board ........................................................... 3-8
Multiplex Board ............................................................................ 3-10
Relay Board .................................................................................. 3-11
AC Distribution Board .................................................................. 3-12
AC Distribution Wiring Schematic ................................................ 3-16
Blend Control Board .................................................................... 3-17
Valve Interface Board .................................................................. 3-18
Options Power Supply ................................................................. 3-19
Circuit Boards for Premier B Only
LED Board ................................................................................... 3-21
Display Board .............................................................................. 3-22
Circuit Boards for Premier C Only
Display Board .............................................................................. 3-25
Intrinsically Safe Barrier (ISB) Assembly ..................................... 3-27
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
3-1
System Circuit Boards
Circuit Board Orientation (Premier B & C)
Non-Blend
Dispensers
POWER
SWITCH
UDCB TRANSFORMER
EXPANDED COMPUTER BD.
HEATING ELEMENT
INTERFACE BD.
FAN ASSEMBLY
MOTHER BD.
RELAY BD. #2
Circuit board names
with dotted lines
around them indicate
that different boards
are used for a blender
dispenser.
RELAY BD. #1
OPTIONS POWER
SUPPLY
(FOR BLENDERS AND
DPT)
BATTERY PACK
DPT TRANSFORMER
MULTIPLEX BD.
Blend
Dispensers
EXPANDED COMPUTER BD.
POWER
SWITCH
UDCB TRANSFORMER
HEATING ELEMENT
FAN ASSEMBLY
INTERFACE BD.
MOTHER BD.
VALVE INTERFACE BD.
Circuit board names
with dotted lines
around them indicate
that different boards
are used for a nonblend dispenser.
RELAY BD. #1
OPTIONS POWER SUPPLY
(FOR BLENDERS AND DPT)
BATTERY PACK
DPT TRANSFORMER
BLEND CONTROL BD.
Tokheim Corporation
3-2
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
System Circuit Boards
Mother Board - 420935 (Premier B & C)
•
•
•
All connectors are locking type and are polarized
Contains the circuit breaker for the battery
Contains the circuitry for the intercom’s push-button, and for
DPT detection
CHASSIS GROUND PAD
(REV. 5 BOARDS )
CHASSIS GROUND PAD
REV. 4 OR
PRIOR BOARDS
DISPLAY A
PROD 3
RELAY #1
RELAY #2 / VALVE INTERFACE
PROD
4
MULTIPLEX / BLEND CONTROL
PROD 4
CPU
PROD
2
PROD
3
INTERFACE
PROD
1
REV. 5
BOARDS
J2
PROD 2
PROD 1
MOTOR CONTROL
DISPLAY B
Connectors of the Mother Board
J1 - Transformer Input
J16 - DPT 1 Communication
J2 - Valve AC Input
J17 - DPT 2 Communication
J3 - Product 1 (Handle & Pulser)
J18 - Options (RS485)
J4 - Product 3 (Handle & Pulser)
J19 - Console Communication
J5 - Interface Bd.
J20 - Battery
J6 - Computer Bd.
J21 - Product 1 Valve Control
J7 - Multiplex / Blend Control Bd.
J22 - Display Board, Side A
J8 - Relay #2 / Valve Interface Bd.
J23 - Display Board, Side B
J9 - Relay #1 Bd.
J24 - Interface Bd.
J10 - Product 4 Valve Control
J25 - Computer Bd.
J11 - Product 2 (Handle & Pulser)
J26 - Multiplex / Blend Control Bd.
J12 - Product 4 (Handle & Pulser)
J27 - Relay #2 / Valve Interface Bd.
J13 - Multiplex / Blend Control Bd.
J28 - Relay #1 Bd.
J14 - Product 3 Valve
Control
J29 - Motor Control
J15 - Product 2 Valve
Control
J30 - Intercom Button (see pages 3-5 and 4-4
CB1 - Battery Circuit Breaker
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
for additional information)
Tokheim Corporation
3-3
System Circuit Boards
Mother Board - 420935 (continued)
J1 Transformer Input Connector
This list of
connector
functions excludes
the Mother Board
edge connectors.
1 Transformer secondary
2 Transformer secondary
Voltage = 8.5 – 14 VAC between pins 1 and 2
J2 Valve AC Input Connector
1 AC hot
2 AC common
Voltage = 102 – 132 VAC between pins 1 and 2 for 110 volt operation
Voltage = 204 – 264 VAC between pins 1 and 2 for 220 volt operation
J3, J4, J11, J12 Products (respectively) 1, 3, 2, and 4
Pulser/Handle Connector
All of the ground
signals (9 – 12) are
tied to the same
ground on the PC
board.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Handle signal for side A of the product
Phase 0 , side A pulser for the product
Phase 90, side A pulser for the product
Side A pulser voltage (4.75 – 5.25 VDC)
Handle signal for side B of the product
Phase 0, side B pulser for the product
Phase 90, side B pulser for the product
Side B pulser voltage (4.75 – 5.25 VDC)
Ground signal for side A Handle circuit
Ground signal for side A Pulser circuit
Ground signal for side B Handle circuit
Ground signal for side B Pulser circuit
J10, J14, J15, J21 Products 4, 3, 2, and 1 Valve Control
Connectors (120 or 220 VAC)
1 Side A slow flow valve control
2 Side A full flow valve control
3 AC common for side A valves
4 Side B slow flow valve control
5 Side B full flow valve control
6 AC common for side B valves
All valve signals for side A and side B are on the same connector. Valve
controls can be exchanged with other products to aid troubleshooting.
J29 Motor Control Connector (120 or 220 VAC)
1 AC hot for motor 1
2 AC hot for motor 2
3 AC hot for motor 3
4 AC hot for motor 4
These signals energize a 120/220 VAC motor contactor coil circuit with a
maximum current of .5 Amperes
J16, J17 DPT1, DPT2 Communications Connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
Tokheim Corporation
3-4
Not used
Not used
RS485 communication (positive side)
RS485 communication (negative side)
System DCC
System DCC
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
System Circuit Boards
Mother Board - 420935 (continued)
J18 Options RS485 Communication Connector
1
2
3
RS485 communication (negative side)
System DCC
RS485 communication (positive side)
J19 Console Communications Connector
1 Talk to dispenser signal (TTD)
2 System DCC
3 Talk to console signal (TTC)
To troubleshoot, disconnect J19. The TTD signal should measure 10.8 – 13.2
VDC. If the TTC signal is grounded, LED 1 (yellow) on the Interface board
will light.
J20 Battery Pack Connector
1
2
Positive battery voltage (8.5 – 10.5 VDC)
System DCC
J22, J23 Display Board Side A and Side B Connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Keypad matrix, row 1 for side A, row 5 for side B
Keypad matrix, row 2 for side A, row 6 for side B
Keypad matrix, row 3 for side A, row 7 for side B
Keypad matrix, row 4 for side A, row 8 for side B
Keypad matrix, column 1
Keypad matrix, column 2
Keypad matrix, column 3
Keypad matrix, column 4
Keypad matrix, column 5
Keypad matrix, column 6
Keypad matrix, column 7
Keypad matrix, column 8
Serial display data
Display clock signal
Load data signal for the display on the appropriate side
No Connection
+12 VDC to display board 5 volt regulator (10.8 – 13.2 VDC)
+12 VDC to display board 5 volt regulator (10.8 – 13.2 VDC)
System DCC
System DCC
J30 Intercom Button Output
1 Common terminal of “call switch”
2 Normally closed side of “call switch”
3 Normally open side of “call switch”
This connector is used to connect the Intercom push button circuit in the
junction box. Exact wiring to the intercom varies by manufacturer.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
3-5
System Circuit Boards
Interface Board - 421087 (Premier B & C)
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pulser filtering circuit
Pulser connect sensing circuit
Power Supply
Battery charging and testing circuit
AC Power detect circuitry
External interfaces
- TTC/TTD (Tokheim serial interface)
- RS-485 serial interface (DPT)
- Display data signals (data, clock, load)
TP2 - 14 PIN TEST
POINT HEADER
SW1 - START UP / DISPENSER POWER DOWN
SWITCH (ALSO CALLED THE CONTROL BUTTON)
TP1 - SYSTEM GROUND
PIN #14
PIN #1
JU1 - BATTERY CHARGER
SET POINT JUMPER
R13 - BATTERY
CHARGER SET
POINT ADJUST
RESISTOR
LED’S 1-4
LED1 - TALK TO
CONSOLE (TTC)
LED2 - TALK TO
DISPENSER (TTD)
LED3 - RS-485 (RXD)
LED4 - RS-485 (TXD)
J1 - CONNECTS TO MOTHER BOARD J5
Tokheim Corporation
3-6
J2 - CONNECTS TO MOTHER BOARD J24
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
System Circuit Boards
Interface Board - 421087 (continued)
TP2
TP2 Test Point Header Signals
Pin
#
TP2 Test Point Header Signals
Pin
#
Signal Present
Signal Present
1
DCC (DC Common)
8
+5 VDC (pulser) Acceptable range: 4.75 - 5.25 VDC
2
Factory Use Only
9
+VDC1 (rectified & filtered) Acceptable range: 8.5 - 15 VDC
3
+V BAT (Battery voltage) range: 8 - 11 VDC
10
TXD RS-485 transmit data signal (TTL level)
4
+5 VDC (System voltage) range: 4.75 - 5.25 VDC
11
RXD RS-485 receive data signal (TTL level)
5
+12 VDC (Communication voltage) range: 10.8 - 13.2 VDC
12
TTC Talk To Console (Tokheim serial link) +12 VDC level
6
VBB (Battery backup voltage) range: 4.75 - 5.25 VDC
13
TTD Talk to Dispenser (Tokheim serial link) +12 VDC level
7
VREF (Pulser Op Amp circuit) range: 2.462 - 2.538 VDC
14
+8 VDC Multiplex bd. power, Acceptable range: 7 - 11 VDC
LED Indicators
Used for
dispenser/console
communications
Used for DPT &
options
communications
{
LED 1
This yellow LED flashes on when communications are going to
the console (TTC)
LED 2
This green LED flashes on when communications are going to
the dispenser (TTD)
{
LED3
This green LED flashes on when the Interface board is receiving
internal RS-485 data (RXD)
LED4
This red LED flashes on when the Interface board is transmitting
internal RS-485 data (TXD)
SW1
!
WARNING
The dispenser may
still have dangerous
voltages inside! Shut
off all circuit breakers
to the dispenser!
The Start Up / Battery Power Down Switch (Control Button)
Switch SW1 is the start up switch for the Premier dispenser. All nozzles must
be in their boots, and the dispenser must not be in manager mode. When
pushed and held in at power up:
• All software variables default values are initialized
• Totals and prices are NOT cleared
When pushed while operating on battery power, the dispenser electronics will
power down.
R13
The battery charge voltage must be checked anytime any of the following
occurs:
• Low battery indication
• Battery replacement
• Interface board replacement • Preventative maintenance
Setting the Battery Charge Voltage
1. Disconnect the battery from mother board connector J20.
2. Put a two pin jumper across pins 1 and 2 of JU1.
3. Monitor TP2, pin 3 (VBAT) and adjust R13 until TP2, pin 3 is
8.8VDC.
4. Remove the jumper from JU1.
5. Reconnect the battery pack connector to mother board connector J20.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
3-7
System Circuit Boards
Expanded Computer Board - 421124 (Premier B & C)
The Expanded Computer (CPU) board processes and controls the majority of
the dispenser functions. The operating program is stored in the EPROM (U5)
on the board.
• Four diagnostic LEDs
• 14 pin edge mounted test points
• 8K x 8 nonvolatile static RAM with internal battery
TP1
14-PIN TEST POINT HEADER
TP2 - DC COMMON
DIAGNOSTIC LED 1, 2, 3, 4
PIN 1
U5
EPROM
1 2 34 5 6 7 8
SW1 - DIP SWITCH 1
Diagnostic LEDS:
LED #1: Watchdog ON
LED #2: Any motor ON
LED #3: Any valve ON
LED #4: AC Power present
J1 - CONNECTS TO MOTHER BD. J6
J2 - CONNECTS TO MOTHER BD. J25
TP1 - Test Point 1 Pinouts
PIN #
DIP SWITCH
POSITIONS
OFF = 5 volts
ON = 0 volts
Tokheim Corporation
3-8
DESCRIPTION
PIN #
DESCRIPTION
1
DC Common
8
Dip Switch position #1
2
Not used at this time
9
Dip Switch position #2
3
+5 VDC
10
Dip Switch position #3
4
Future diagnostic #4
11
Dip Switch position #4
5
Future diagnostic #3
12
Dip Switch position #5
6
Future diagnostic #2
13
Dip Switch position #6
7
Future diagnostic #1
14
Dip Switch position #7
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
System Circuit Boards
Expanded Computer Board - 421124
SW1 Setting the DIP Switch
Dip Switch SW1 settings are used to configure the Expanded Computer
Board to the dispenser. This switch is a rocker-type switch. Push down on the
desired selection (on or off). The dispenser will not detect changes in SW1
settings until you do one of the following:
• Enter manager mode 14 or higher
• Power up the dispenser while pressing the control button on
the Interface board
• Lift handle #1 on side A only and power up the dispenser
while pressing the control button on the Interface board (cold
start power up routine)
SWITCH
STATUS
DESCRIPTION
ON
Sales halt if the console communication is interrupted for
more than 1/2 second. The console operator can resume
the sale after the communication has been reestablishied.
OFF
Sales will not halt if console communication is interrupted.
ON
For use with VISION, MEMS IV, MEMS V, VX100,
VXDHC, and model 83 DHC dispenser controllers.
OFF
For use with the MEMS II, and MEMS III consoles which
only use 1 price per product.
ON
Unit of volume is GALLONS.
OFF
Unit of volume is LITERS.
ON
Blanking of first 0.009 gallons or 0.034 liters (hose
dilation).
OFF
Calibration, no blanking. For blenders, this disables all
pulser and blend control related errors.
ON
Simultaneous programming for dispenser sides A and B.
OFF
Independent programming for dispenser sides A and B.
ON
Dual phase pulser operation.
OFF
Single phase operation (phase 0 only).
ON
Ignores the console slow flow offset. Uses setting from
mode F18.
OFF
Uses the console slow flow offset value, not more than 2.5
units.
ON
Not used.
OFF
Used for all Premier dispensers.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
3-9
System Circuit Boards
Multiplex Board - 417333 (not used in blenders)
Premier B & C
•
This is the same
Multiplex board
used in the TCSA
series dispensers.
•
•
Communicates the status of nozzle sensors to the Expanded
CPU board
Selects the proper pulsers, and outputs them to the Interface
board
Selects the proper valve and motor circuits to activate the
relays on the Relay board
•
TO MOTHER BD J7
TO MOTHER BD J13
K1 - PRODUCT 1, SIDE A PULSER
K2 - PRODUCT 2, SIDE A PULSER
K3 - PRODUCT 3, SIDE A PULSER
K4 - PRODUCT 4, SIDE A PULSER
K5 - NOT USED
Tokheim Corporation
3-10
•
TO MOTHER BD J26
K6 - PRODUCT 1, SIDE B PULSER
K7 - PRODUCT 2, SIDE B PULSER
K8 - PRODUCT 3, SIDE B PULSER
K9 - PRODUCT 4, SIDE B PULSER
K10 - NOT USED
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
System Circuit Boards
Relay Board - 421084 (Premier B & C)
•
Contains the solid state relays that control the 120 VAC (or
240 VAC) to the valves and motor control lines
8 VDC from the Interface board is the supply voltage used to
power the solid state relays. The ON/OFF operation of the
relays is controlled by the Multiplex board
•
Blenders only use
Relay Board # 1.
Up to two Relay boards can be used in Premier dispensers:
• Board 1 for products 1 & 2 connects to J9 & J28 on the
Mother board and is a fully-populated circuit board
• Board 2 for product 3 (only) connects to J8 & J27 on the
Mother board and is a half-populated circuit board
• Board 2 for products 3 & 4 connects to J8 & J27 on the
Mother board and is a fully-populated circuit board, identical
to Board 1
• Blending dispensers use only Relay board # 1
Number of
Products
Number
of Sides
Boards Req'd
Number of
Products
Number
of Sides
Boards Req'd
2
1
1 Full
3
2
1 Full, 1 Half
2
2
1 Full
4
1
2 Full
3
1
1 Full, 1 Half
4
2
2 Full
This chart is for troubleshooting
purposes only! It is not intended
for component replacement.
Solid State
Relay #
U2
Function Controlled*
U2
Motor 1 or Motor 3
U3
Slow Flow Valve A1 or A3
U4
Full Flow Valve A1 or A3
U5
Slow Flow Valve B1 or B3
U6
Full Flow Valve B1 or B3
U8
Motor 2 or Motor 4
U9
Slow Flow Valve A2 or A4
U10
Full Flow Valve A2 or A4
U11
Slow Flow Valve B2 or B4
U12
Full Flow Valve B2 or B4
*Depending on which card cage slot the
board is installed into
U12
*CONNECTS TO J8 OR J9
ON MOTHER BD.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
*CONNECTS TO J27 OR
J28 ON MOTHER BD.
Tokheim Corporation
3-11
System Circuit Boards
AC Distribution Board - 420955 (Premier B & C)
•
•
•
Includes system thermostats for lights, electronics, and heater
Circuit breaker protection for the electronics
Located on the back side of the card cage
AC Distribution Wiring
Schematic available
on page 3-16.
TS2 - HEATER THERMOSTAT,
OPENS @ 20°C (68°F)
J2 - SURGE/SPIKE
PROTECTION
J4 - 220 VAC
J3 - AC
NOISE FILTER
J5 - 120 VAC
J1 - MAIN AC SWITCH
TS1 - TRANSFORMER
THERMOSTAT, OPENS
@ 80°C (176°F)
J7 - HEATER
CB1 - CIRCUIT
BREAKER (FOR THE
ELECTRONICS ONLY)
.2 AMP
TS2
J6 - FAN
J9 - RELAY POWER
J8 - AC INPUT
J14 - OPTION
POWER SUPPLY
TS3 - LIGHTS
THERMOSTAT,
OPENS @ 70°C
(158°F)
J10 - AC OPTION #1 (FILTERED)
J11 - AC OPTION #2 (FILTERED)
J12 - AC OPTION #3 (FILTERED)
J13 - AC SPARE (UNFILTERED)
J16 - MAIN LIGHTS (DISPLAY BD. BACKLIGHTS)
J17 - DPT LIGHTS
Connectors of the AC Distribution Board
J1 To Main AC Switch
1
Switched side of ACH (hot) for the relays and motor control signals
2
Input side of ACH for the relays and motor control signals
3
Input side of ACH
4
Switched side of ACH
Pins 1 & 2 are switched separately to keep voltage from other dispensers in
the station from feeding back and keeping the dispenser powered up.
This connector controls AC going to the relays, UDCB transformer, power
supply, and AC Options #1, #2, and #3.
Switch rating = 10A @ 120VAC, 5A @ 220 VAC.
Tokheim Corporation
3-12
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
System Circuit Boards
Connectors of the AC Distribution Board (continued)
J2 Surge Protection Connector
1 & 3 ACC side of surge and spike protector
2 & 5 Earth ground for the surge and spike protector
4 & 6 ACH side of the surge and spike protector
Spike protection for 120 VAC operation begins at 403 VAC.
J3 AC Filter Connector
1
ACC input to filter from the surge protector
2, 5
Earth ground
3
Filtered ACC output
4
ACH input to filter from the surge protector
6
Filtered ACH output
AC filter rating = 10A @ 120 VAC / 220 VAC
J4 220 Volt Transformer Connector
1
No external connection, this is tied to pin 4 for 220 VAC operation
2
Filtered ACC to the transformer
3
Filtered ACH to the transformer
4
No external connection, this is tied to pin 1 for 220 VAC operation
Thermostat TS1 shuts off power to the transformer above 80°C/176°F.
J5 120 Volt Transformer Connector
1 & 3 Filtered ACC to the transformer
2 & 4 Filtered ACH to the transformer
Both 120 VAC and 220 VAC dispensers use the same transformer.
Thermostat TS1 shuts off power to the transformer above 80°C/176°F.
J6 Fan Connector
1
ACH to the fan
2
ACC to the fan
A different fan assembly is required for 220 VAC operation.
J7 Heater Connector
1
ACH for the heater from TS2 thermostat
2
ACC for the heater
The thermostat TS2 opens above 20°C/68°F shutting off power to the heater.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
3-13
System Circuit Boards
Connectors of the AC Distribution Board (continued)
J8 AC Input Connector
1
ACC for the dispenser
2 & 3 Earth ground
4
Spare ACC (unfiltered, no spike protection)
5
ACH for the dispenser
6
ACH for all dispenser lights
7
ACC for all dispenser lights
8
Spare ACH (unfiltered, no spike protection)
Typically, the spare ACH and ACC are not connected in the connection box.
J9 Relay Power Connector
1
ACH for valve and motor control
2
ACC for valve and motor control
This power is switched by the main power switch to prevent other dispensers
providing power feedback.
J10, J11, J12 AC Option 1, AC Option 2, and AC Option 3
1
Filtered ACH for dispenser options
2
Filtered ACC for dispenser options
3
Earth ground for dispenser options
Total maximum current draw for all three options is 5A @ 120 VAC.
Thermostat TS1 will shut off power to these options above 80°C/176°F.
J13 AC Spare Connector (currently used for Valance lights)
1
Unfiltered ACH for dispenser options
2
Unfiltered ACC for dispenser options
3
Earth ground for dispenser options
Note that this is UNFILTERED AC power
J14 Option Power Supply Connector
1
ACH to the cash acceptor
2
ACC to the cash acceptor
3 & 6 Earth ground
4
ACH to the DPT & Blender
5
ACC to the DPT & Blender
Thermostat TS1 will shut off power to these options above 80°C/176°F.
Tokheim Corporation
3-14
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
System Circuit Boards
Connectors of the AC Distribution Board (continued)
J15 Product Lights Connector (future option)
1
ACH for product ID lights on side A
2
ACC for product ID lights on side A
3 & 6 Earth ground
4
ACH for product ID lights on side B
5
ACC for product ID lights on side B
Thermostat TS3 controls ACH to the lights. ACH is shut off when the
dispenser head temperature rises above 70°C/158°F.
A separate AC circuit for the lights (from the station to the dispenser) allows
station lighting independent from dispenser lighting.
A different ballast assembly is required for 220 VAC operation.
J16 Main Lights Connector (Backlights for the Display board)
1
ACH for the main display lights on side A
2
ACC for the main display lights on side A
3 & 6 Earth ground
4
ACH for the main display lights on side B
5
ACC for the main display lights on side B
Thermostat TS3 shuts off power to these lights above 70°C/158°F.
A separate circuit for these lights provides an independent lighting scheme
for the station.
A different ballast assembly is required for 220 VAC operation.
J17, J18 DPT Lights Connector, Valance Lights Connector
(future option)
1
ACH for the DPT lights or valance lights on side A
2
ACC for the DPT lights or valance lights on side A
3 & 6 Earth ground
4
ACH for the DPT lights or valance lights on side B
5
ACC for the DPT lights or valance lights on side B
Thermostat TS3 shuts off power to these lights above 70°C/158°F.
A separate circuit for these lights provides an independent lighting scheme
for the station.
A different ballast assembly is required for 220 VAC operation.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
3-15
System Circuit Boards
AC Distribution Wiriring Schematic (Premier B & C)
Tokheim Corporation
3-16
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
System Circuit Boards
Blend Control Board - 421574 (Premier B & C)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Used only in Blend dispensers
Calculates blending ratio
Receives pulser and handle signals
Monitors for pulser disconnect
Controls motors, blending valves, and dual-flow valves
Receives commands from and reports status to the master
processor on the Expanded Computer Board
Supplies Motor Control for MaxVac system
421186 (for non MaxVac)
J4 MaxVac Interface Connector (MaxVac is optional)
1
2
3
4
5
Pulser 1A
Pulser 2A
No Connection
Pulser 1B
Pulser 2B
6
7
8
9
10
No Connection
Error Side A
Error side B
+5 VDC
DCC
J4
TO MOTHER BD J7
TO MOTHER BD J13
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
TO MOTHER BD J26
Tokheim Corporation
3-17
System Circuit Boards
Valve Interface Board - 421284 (Premier B & C)
•
•
•
•
•
Used only in Blend dispensers
controls ASCO blending valve solenoids
contains motor control signals
polarized and locking connectors
optically isolated from system
J1
J3
J5
J7
J9
J11
J3
1
2
3
4
DC signals
+24 VDC valve power
Outlet valve 1A
Outlet valve 2A
Outlet valve 1B
Outlet valve 2B
VALVE POWER (FROM OPTIONS P.S.)
+24V 1A
5 +24V 1B
GND 1A
6 GND 1B
+24V 2A
7 +24V 2B
GND 2A
8 GND 2B
CONNECTS TO MOTHER BD J8
Tokheim Corporation
3-18
J2
J4
J6
J8
J10
AC signals
Inlet valve 1A
Inlet valve 2A
Inlet valve 1B
Inlet valve 2B
VALVE SIGNALS FOR J4 THRU J11
1
GROUND SIDE OF VALVE CONTROL
2
+24V SIDE OF VALVE CONTROL
3&4
NO CONNECTION
CONNECTS TO MOTHER BD J27
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
System Circuit Boards
Options Power Supply (Premier B & C)
Assembly 319407-8, PC Board 420949
•
•
•
•
Used only with a DPT, Blender, or Cash Acceptor
The Options Power Supply is required if a DPT, Blender, or
Cash Acceptor is installed.
The power supply is located to the right of the cardcage on
side A.
Turn power on and off to DPTs using the power switches.
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
BLENDERS ONLY
BLENDER POWER
OUTPUT CONNECTOR
(TO THE VALVE
INTERFACE BOARD)
POWER SWITCHES
DPT SIDE A
DPT SIDE B
24V SIDE A
24V SIDE B
8V SIDES A & B
CASH ACCEPTOR
SIDES A & B
LED'S
24V SIDE A, 24V SIDE B
8V, 24V
OPTIONS POWER
SUPPLY ASSEMBLY
CONNECTOR IDENTIFICATION
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J8
8V, 24V
LED "ON" INDICATES THAT
THE DESCRIBED POWER
LEVEL IS ACTIVE
OPTIONS POWER
SUPPLY PC BOARD
BLENDER POWER OUTPUT
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
DPT POWER OUTPUT
CASH ACCEPTOR POWER OUTPUT
AC INPUT CONNECTOR
TRANSFORMER SECONDARIES
110 VAC TRANSFORMER PRIMARIES
220 VAC TRANSFORMER PRIMARY
Options Power Supply Board
Connectors are described in
detail on the next page.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
3-19
System Circuit Boards
Options Power Supply Board Connectors
J1 Blend Valve Power - Supplies 24VDC for Blend Valves
1
2
3
4
DCC
DCC
+24V side B
+24V side B
5
6
7
8
DCC
DCC
+24V side A
+24V side A
J2 Circuit Breakers - Connection to circuit breakers
1
2
3
4
5
Cash Acceptor IN
Cash Acceptor OUT
24 VAC secondary 1 IN
24 VAC secondary 1 OUT
No Connection
6
7
8
9
24 VAC secondary 2 IN
24 VAC secondary 2 OUT
8.5 VAC secondary 3 IN
8.5 VAC secondary 3 OUT
J3 DPT Out - 24 VDC and 8VDC to DPT CPU Bds
1
2
3
4
5
6
+24 VDC power for DPT side B (23.5 – 24.5 VDC, supplies power for
printer, paper cutter, and beeper)
+8 VDC power for DPT side B (unregulated, for +5 VDC logic power)
DCC
+24 VDC power for DPT side A (23.5 – 24.5 VDC, supplies power for
printer, paper cutter, and beeper)
+8 VDC power for DPT side A (unregulated, for +5 VDC logic power)
DCC
J4 Cash Out - Supplies AC power for side A and B cash acceptors
1
3
ACH for side A cash acceptor 2
ACH for side B cash acceptor 4
ACC for side A cash acceptor
ACC for side B cash acceptor
J5 Main AC In - AC power input from AC Distribution Bd
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ACH Input for cash acceptors side A and B
ACC Input for cash acceptors side A and B
Earth Ground (connected to DCC at board standoff)
No Connection
No Connection
No Connection
ACH Input for DPT and Blend Valve power sides A and B
ACC Input for DPT and Blend Valve power sides A and B
Earth Ground (connected to DCC at board standoff)
J6 Transformer Sec - Connection for transformer secondaries
1
2
3
Secondary 3 return
Secondary 3, 8 to 12 VAC
Secondary 2 return
4
5
6
Secondary 2, 24 to 36 VAC
Secondary 1 return
Secondary 1, 24 to 36 VAC
J7 110 VAC Transformer Pri - Connection for 110 VAC primaries
1 ACH Primary 1
2 ACC primary 1
ACH range = 102 – 132 VAC
3
4
ACH Primary 2
ACC primary 2
J8 220 VAC Transformer Pri - Connection for 220 VAC primary.
1
2
3
4
Tokheim Corporation
3-20
ACH (204 to 264 VAC)
Connects dual primaries in series
Connects dual primaries in series
ACC
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
System Circuit Boards
LED Board - 421228 (Premier B)
•
•
One LED board for all single-hosed dispensers
Locking and polarized connector
CONNECTOR J1 IS
LOCATED ON THE
BACKSIDE OF THE
BOARD.
Control for the LED board comes from J7 on the Display board. A current
limiting resistor for each LED is on the display board as well. The schematic
for the LED board is below.
J1
PIN 2 +5VDC
PIN 1 -LED1
LED1
PIN 3 -LED2
LED2
PIN 4 -LED3
LED3
PIN 5 -LED4
LED4
PIN 6 - LED5
LED5
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
3-21
System Circuit Boards
Display Board - 420942
(Premier B, used in models with beeper in electronics
enclosure)
•
•
•
•
•
All connectors are the locking type and are polarized
Full keypad matrix (Product Selection & Operator Interface
keypads, Manager and Arming keys)
Beeper circuit and connector (J5)
Jumper configured at the factory for 1 to 5 Price displays
+5 VDC regulator on board for all display voltages
MAGNETIC KEY
SENSORS
MONEY AND VOLUME DISPLAY
PRICE
(PPUV)
DISPLAYS
(1-5)
PPUV1
PPUV2
PPUV3
J1- INPUT
CONNECTOR
J6 - ALTERNATIVE
MANAGER/ARMING
KEY CONNECTOR
J8 - PRODUCTION
TEST CONNECTOR
Tokheim Corporation
3-22
J2 - OPERATOR
INTERFACE
KEYPAD
J3 - PRODUCT
SELECTION
KEYPAD
PPUV4
CONFIGURATION
JUMPERS
(FACTORY
CONFIGURED)
PPUV5
J5 - BEEPER
CONNECTOR
J7 - LED BOARD
CONTROL CONNECTOR
J4 - PRODUCT 6 CONNECTOR
(FUTURE USE)
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
System Circuit Boards
Display Board - 421437
(Premier B, used in models with beeper in raceway)
•
•
•
•
•
All connectors are the locking type and are polarized
Full keypad matrix (Product Selection & Operator Interface
keypads, Manager and Arming keys)
Beeper connectors for dispenser electronics (J5) and
DPT (J9)
Jumper configured at the factory for 1 to 5 Price displays
+5 VDC regulator on board for all display voltages
MAGNETIC KEY
SENSORS
MONEY AND VOLUME DISPLAY
PRICE
(PPUV)
DISPLAYS
(1-5)
PPUV1
PPUV2
PPUV3
J1- INPUT
CONNECTOR
J6 - ALTERNATIVE
MANAGER/ARMING
KEY CONNECTOR
J8 - PRODUCTION
TEST CONNECTOR
PPUV4
PPUV5
J5 - BEEPER
CONNECTOR
J9 - DPT
BEEPER
CONNECTOR
J2 - OPERATOR
INTERFACE
KEYPAD
J3 - PRODUCT
SELECTION
KEYPAD
J7 - LED BOARD
CONTROL CONNECTOR
J4 - PRODUCT 6 CONNECTOR
(FUTURE USE)
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
3-23
System Circuit Boards
Display Board Connectors (Premier B)
All connectors except J9 are used on both display boards (420942 &
421437). Display board 420942 does not have connector J9.
All “Row” numbers in parenthesis ( ) are for side B.
J1 Input Connector
J3 Product Selection Keypad
1
Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix
1
Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix
2
Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix
2
Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix
3
Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix
3
Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix
4
Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix
4
Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix
5
Column 1 of the keypad matrix
5
Column 7 of the keypad matrix
6
Column 2 of the keypad matrix
6
Column 8 of the keypad matrix
7
Column 3 of the keypad matrix
8
Column 4 of the keypad matrix
9
Column 5 of the keypad matrix
10
Column 6 of the keypad matrix
11
Column 7 of the keypad matrix
12
J4 Product 6 - Not used
J5 Dispenser Beeper
1
12 VDC from Interface board
(10.8 - 13.2)
Column 8 of the keypad matrix
2, 3
No connection
13
Serial data from Interface board
4
Beeper control signal, low = on
14
Clock signal from Interface board
15
Load signal from Interface board
16
No connection
17, 18 12 VDC from Interface bd.
(10.8 - 13.2)
J6 Spare Manager/Arming Key
1
Row 3 of switch matrix
2, 3
Column 8 of switch matrix
4
Row 4 of switch matrix
19, 20 System ground
J7 LED Board Control
J2 Operator Interface Keypad Connector
1
On/off control for LED 1, low = on
1
Row 1 (5) of keypad matrix
3
On/off control for LED 2, low = on
2
Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix
5
On/off control for LED 3, low = on
3
Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix
7
On/off control for LED 4, low = on
4
Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix
9
On/off control for LED 5, low = on
5
Column 1 of the keypad matrix
11
On/off control for LED 6, low = on
6
Column 2 of the keypad matrix
7
Column 3 of the keypad matrix
8
Column 4 of the keypad matrix
9
Column 5 of the keypad matrix
10
Column 6 of the keypad matrix
Tokheim Corporation
3-24
(Even numbered pins are 5 VDC to LED Bd.)
J8 Production Test (Factory use only)
J9 DPT Beeper
1
12 VDC from DPT when active
2
Ground from DPT when active
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
System Circuit Boards
Display Board - 422594 (Premier C)
•
•
•
•
•
All connectors are the locking type and are polarized
Full keypad matrix (Product Selection & Operator Interface
keypads, Manager and Arming keys)
Beeper circuit and connector (J5)
Jumper configured at the factory for 1 to 5 Price displays
+5 VDC regulator on board for all display voltages
MAGNETIC KEY
SENSORS
FRONT SIDE
PPUV1
PPUV2
PPUV3
PPUV4
PPUV5
422594.PLT
BACK SIDE
J8 PRODUCTION
TEST
CONNECTOR
J9 - DPT
BEEPER
CONNECTOR
J6 ALTERNATIVE
MANAGER/
ARMING KEY
CONNECTOR
J5 - BEEPER
CONNECTOR
J3
J2 - OPERATOR
INTERFACE
KEYPAD
J1- INPUT
CONNECTOR
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
J3 - PRODUCT
SELECTION
KEYPAD
Tokheim Corporation
3-25
System Circuit Boards
Display Board Connectors (Premier C)
All “Row” numbers in parenthesis ( ) are for side B.
J1 Input Connector
J3 Product Selection Keypad
1
Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix
1
Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix
2
Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix
2
Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix
3
Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix
3
Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix
4
Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix
4
Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix
5
Column 1 of the keypad matrix
5
Column 7 of the keypad matrix
6
Column 2 of the keypad matrix
6
Column 8 of the keypad matrix
7
Column 3 of the keypad matrix
8
Column 4 of the keypad matrix
9
Column 5 of the keypad matrix
10
Column 6 of the keypad matrix
11
Column 7 of the keypad matrix
12
J5 Dispenser Beeper
1
12 VDC from Interface board
(10.8 - 13.2)
Column 8 of the keypad matrix
2, 3
No connection
13
Serial data from Interface board
4
Beeper control signal, low = on
14
Clock signal from Interface board
15
Load signal from Interface board
16
No connection
J6 Alternative Manager/Arming Key
17, 18 12 VDC from Interface bd.
(10.8 - 13.2)
19, 20 System ground
1
Row 3 of switch matrix
2, 3
Column 8 of switch matrix
4
Row 4 of switch matrix
J2 Operator Interface Keypad Connector
1
Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix
2
Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix
3
Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix
4
Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix
5
Column 1 of the keypad matrix
1
12 VDC from DPT when active
6
Column 2 of the keypad matrix
2
Ground from DPT when active
7
Column 3 of the keypad matrix
8
Column 4 of the keypad matrix
9
Column 5 of the keypad matrix
10
Column 6 of the keypad matrix
Tokheim Corporation
3-26
J8 Production Test (Factory use only)
J9 DPT Beeper
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
System Circuit Boards
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Assembly - 321139
(Premier C)
•
The Intrinsically Safe
Barrier Assembly does
not have any serviceable
parts and must be
replaced as an
assembly.
•
The intrinsically safe barrier assembly replaces the pulser/
handle barrier pipes that are used in the Premier B series
dispensers.
Connector pins are defined in Section 4 of this manual.
TO MOTHERBOARD
(SEE CONFIGURATIONS
ON NEXT PAGE)
INTRINSICALLY SAFE
BARRIER ASSEMBLY
TO HANDLES &
PULSERS (SEE
CONFIGURATIONS
ON NEXT PAGE)
TOP VIEW
INTRINSICALLY SAFE
BARRIER ASSEMBLY
BOTTOM VIEW
OR
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
See next page for handle
and pulser connectors
configurations. The
locations for plugging in
the harnesses depend on
the configuration of the
assembly that you have.
Tokheim Corporation
3-27
System Circuit Boards
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Assembly (continued)
(Premier C)
Handle and Pulser Connectors Configurations
BLUE/GREEN
RED/BROWN
WIRING
ORANGE/YELLOW
VIOLET/GRAY
WIRING
TOP VIEW
TOP VIEW
BOTTOM VIEW
BOTTOM VIEW
BLUE/GREEN
WIRING
ORANGE/
YELLOW
WIRING
VIOLET
WIRING
BLUE/GREEN
WIRING
RED/BROWN
WIRING
VIOLET/GRAY
WIRING
ORANGE
WIRING
RED/BROWN
WIRING
TOP VIEW
BOTTOM VIEW
BLUE/GREEN WIRING
Tokheim Corporation
3-28
RED/BROWN WIRING
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Wiring Diagrams
Section 4: Wiring Diagrams
Scope
Wiring diagrams are
not included for
every conceivable
pump wiring
configuration, but are
provided as
a reference
This section provides various wiring diagrams for Premier B and C
series dispensers. These diagrams can be used to trace signals throughout a
dispenser.
Section 4 Contents
H426B-S Suction (Premier B) ........................................................ 4-2
H428B-S Suction (Premier B) ........................................................ 4-3
H311B/H312B/H322B/H324B-S Suction (Premier B) .................... 4-4
Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier B) ............................................ 4-5
Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier C) ........................................... 4-6
Electronics Block Diagram (Premier C) ......................................... 4-7
Electronics Block Diagram (Premier B) ......................................... 4-8
H413B-R (Premier B) .................................................................... 4-9
H426B-R (Premier B) .................................................................. 4-10
H311B/H322B/H324B-R (Premier B) ............................................ 4-11
H428B-R (Premier B) .................................................................. 4-12
H413B-REB (Premier B) ............................................................. 4-13
H426B-REB (Premier B) ............................................................. 4-14
H322B-B3/B5 (Premier B) ........................................................... 4-15
AC Distribution Board Block Diagram (Premier B) ...................... 4-16
Premier B System Wiring Diagrams
Mother Board ........................................................................ 4-17
Pump Handles & Pulsers - H428B-S .................................... 4-18
Pump Handles & Pulsers ...................................................... 4-19
Motors & Valves - H428B-S .................................................. 4-20
Motors & Valves .................................................................... 4-21
Displays ................................................................................ 4-22
AC Distribution ...................................................................... 4-23
Options Power Supply .......................................................... 4-24
Connection Box ..................................................................... 4-24
Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) ...................................... 4-25
INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H324B ................... 4-26
INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H426B ................... 4-27
INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H426-REB ............. 4-28
INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H428B-R ............... 4-29
MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Non-Blend Dispensers . 4-30
MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Blending Dispensers .... 4-31
Premier C System Wiring Diagrams
System Wiring Diagram ........................................................ 4-32
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H300 Series) ...................... 4-33
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H400 Series) ...................... 4-34
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H400 Series) ...................... 4-35
Displays ................................................................................ 4-36
AC Distribution ...................................................................... 4-37
MaxVac Vapor Recovery ....................................................... 4-38
Standard DPT ....................................................................... 4-39
Debit DPT ............................................................................. 4-40
INSIGHT DPT ....................................................................... 4-41
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
4-1
H426B-S (Premier B)
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-2
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Wiring Diagrams
H428B-S (Premier B)
320812s6.plt
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
4-3
Wiring Diagrams
H311B-S, H312B-S, H322B-S & H324B-S (Premier B)
Tokheim Corporation
4-4
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Wiring Diagrams
Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier B)
Side B
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234
INTERCOM JUNCTION BOX
The Intercom speaker junction box is a round junction box located inside the
dispenser in the lower right corner of Side B. To access this junction box, see
Connection Box Access, in Section 2. The intercom connections should be
based upon the manufacturer’s specifications.
Speaker wires
inside the Junction box:
Blue is Speaker+
Violet is Speaker-
J30 on Mother board:
(call button)
Brown is Common
Red is Normally closed
Orange is Normally open
This J30 connector is an output to the intercom for the call button. In order
for a call button to be part of the operator interface keypad, this circuitry
must be used for the “call” signal.
The operator interface keypad call button (if used) is software controlled.
The call button must be programmed to the appropriate keypad button of the
operator interface keypad. This is done by using Mode F29. The keycode
for the call button is “cb”. For additional information on programming the
keypads, please refer to the Programming/Operating Manual, Form 4816, for
Premier B.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
4-5
Wiring Diagrams
Intercom/Speaker Wiring (Premier C)
The intercom/speaker wires should be connected based on the intercom
manufacturer's specification. Intercom/speaker field wires will be joined
together with the dispenser intercom/speaker wires in the dispenser
connection box.
There are no
connections to the
terminal strip in the
connection box for
Intercom/Speaker
wiring or Spandrel
wiring.
The dispenser call button switch is software controlled. To use the call
button, program the appropriate keypad button on the operator interface
keypad. This button is programmed in Mode F29. The keypad function code
for the call button is "cb". For more information, refer to the Programming
Manual, Form 5871, for Premier C..
Wires to Dispenser Speaker
Blue
Violet
=
=
Speaker +
Speaker -
Wires to J30 on Dispenser Mother Board (Intercom Call Button)
Brown
Red
Orange
=
=
=
Common
Normally Closed Switch Position
Normally Open Switch Position
Spandrel Lighting Wiring (Premier C)
!
WARNING
Hazard of electrical
shock. More than one
disconnect switch
may be required to
de-energize the device.
Open the circuit before
removing cover. Keep
cover secured when
power is applied.
Tokheim Corporation
4-6
The spandrel lighting wires will be joined together with the AC field wires in
the dispenser connection box. Connect the spandrel lighting earth ground
wire to the ground screw in the connection box. A ground screw is located on
either side of the terminal strip in the connection box.
Wires to Spandrel Lighting
Black
White
Green
=
=
=
ACH
ACC
Earth Ground
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
TTD
TTC
Battery
Battery Test
Interface
Board
Operator Interface &
Product Selection
Keypads
Manager and
Arming Keys
Display
Signals
Display
Board
Pulsers
Handles
Watchdog
and Reset
Handles
Pulsers
Both Keypads’ Matrix
Signals and Manager/
Arming Key Signals
LED Board
Multiplex
Board
Valves
Pulsers
Handles
Intrinsically
Safe
Barrier
Assembly
Pulsers
Slow Flow Valve
Motor Relay Control
Relay
Board
Motor Control Line (RC)
or
Handles
Suction Pump Motor (Suction)
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-7
Full Flow Valve
Electronics Block Diagram (Premier C)
Display
Signals
Expanded
Computer
Board
Display
Signals
Display
Signals
Battery
Monitor
This block diagram illustrates the signal flow through the UDCB electronics
package. Use this block diagram as a reference when troubleshooting the
Premier C series dispenser.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Model 67
Interface Box
Console/POS
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-8
Model 67
Interface Box
Console/POS
TTD
TTC
Battery
Display
Signals
Display
Signals
Display
Board
Pulsers
Handles
Both Keypads’ Matrix
Signals and Manager/
Arming Key Signals
Pulsers
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Handles
Watchdog
and Reset
LED Board
Multiplex
Board
Valves
Full Flow Valve
Pulsers
Pulsers
Slow Flow Valve
Motor Relay Control
Handles
Barrier Conduit
Assembly
Relay
Board
Motor Control Line (RC)
or
Handles
Suction Pump Motor Relay
Junction Box (Suction)
This block diagram illustrates the signal flow through the UDCB electronics
package. Use this block diagram as a reference when troubleshooting the
Premier B series dispenser.
Interface
Board
Operator Interface &
Product Selection
Keypads
Manager and
Arming Keys
Electronics Block Diagram (Premier B)
Battery Test
Expanded
Computer
Board
Display
Signals
Display
Signals
Battery
Monitor
H413B-R (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
4-9
H426B-R (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-10
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
H311B-R, H322B-R & H324B-R (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
4-11
H428B-R (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-12
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
H413B-REB (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
4-13
H426B-REB (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-14
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
H322B-B3/B5 (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
4-15
Wiring Diagrams
AC Distribution Block Diagram (Premier B)
30" AC DISTRIBUTION WIRING SCHEMATIC
Tokheim Corporation
4-16
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Mother Board (Premier B)
TO HANDLE SWITCHES AND
PULSERS: SEE PAGES 4-18 & 4-19
1A & 1B
2A & 2B
3A & 3B
WIRE HARNESS ASSY 421014
VALVES
SHOWN ON
PAGES 4-20
& 4-21
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-17
Tokheim Corporation
4-18
To Mother Board J12
To Mother Board J4
To Mother Board J11
To Mother Board J3
Pump Handles and Pulsers - H428B-S (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Mother Board J4
See page 4-16
See page 4-16
Mother Board J11
See page 4-16
To Mother Board J3
Pump Handles and Pulsers (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-19
Motors and Valves - H428B-S (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-20
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Motors and Valves (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
4-21
See page 4-17
Displays (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-22
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
AC Distribution (Premier B)
To Options Power Supply J5
See page 4-23
To Connection Box
See page 4-23
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-23
To DPT B J4
See page 4-24
To DPT A J4
See page 4-24
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-24
Options Power Supply (Premier B)
To DPT B J5
See page 4-24
To DPT A J5
See page 4-24
To DPT B J6
See page 4-24
To DPT A J6
See page 4-24
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
To DPT A J7
See page 4-25
To side B
Cash Acceptor
See page 4-24
AC DISTRIBUTION BOARD
To AC Distribution Bd. J8
See page 4-22
To DPT Bd. J4 side A
See page 4-24
CONNECTION BOX
To DPT Bd. J4 side B
See page 4-24
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Dispenser Payment Terminal (Premier B)
To Mother Bd. J17
See pages 4-16
To Mother Bd. J16
See pages 4-16
To Options P.S. J3
See page 4-23
To Options P.S. J3
See page 4-23
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-25
To Connection Box
See page 4-23
H324B INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-26
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
H426B INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
4-27
H426-REB INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-28
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
H428B-R INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
4-29
MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Non-Blend Dispensers (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-30
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Blending Dispensers (Premier B)
Wiring Diagrams
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
4-31
FOR DISPLAYS CONNECTION
SEE PAGE 4-36
FOR HANDLES/PULSERS CONNECTIONS
SEE PAGE 4-33, 4-34, & 4-35
FOR AC DISTRIBUTION
CONNECTIONS SEE PAGE 4-37
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
FOR DPT
CONNECTIONS
SEE PAGE 4-39,
4-40, & 4-41
SEE PAGE 4-37
FOR
CONNECTIONS
SEE PAGE 4-39
FOR
CONNECTIONS
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-32
System Wiring Diagram (Premier C)
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (Premier C - H300 Series)
Wiring Diagrams
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
4-33
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (Premier C - H400 Series)
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-34
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (Premier C - H400 Series)
Wiring Diagrams
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
4-35
Displays (Premier C )
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-36
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
CONNECTION BOX
SEE PAGE 4-32
FOR MAXVAC
SEE PAGE 4-38
AC Distribution (Premier C )
Wiring Diagrams
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
4-37
MaxVac Vapor Recovery (Premier C )
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-38
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
CONNECTION BOX
SEE PAGE 4-21
Standard DPT (Premier C )
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-39
Tokheim Corporation
4-40
CONNECTION BOX
SEE PAGE 4-32
Debit DPT (Premier C )
Wiring Diagrams
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
CONNECTION
BOX
SEE PAGE 4-32
INSIGHT DPT (Premier C )
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-41
Wiring Diagrams
Tokheim Corporation
4-42
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Diagnostics
Section 5: Diagnostic Information
Scope
This section defines the diagnostic modes available for testing and
troubleshooting the Premier B and C series dispenser.
Section 5 Contents
Using the Manager Key and Arming Key ....................................... 5-2
Basic Programming ....................................................................... 5-3
Example of Basic Programming .................................................... 5-4
Premier B and C Diagnostic Modes
Mode F11 – View Communications Diagnostics ...................... 5-6
Mode F96 – View Error, State, & Termination Code Histories . 5-7
Mode F97 – Check Operator Keypads &
Nozzle Boot Switches ......................................... 5-10
Mode F98 – Initiate Display, DPT, & Product Selection
Keypad Diagnostics ............................................ 5-12
Mode F99 – View Software Date Code, CRC Code, and
ROM CRC Diagnostic Test ................................. 5-13
Calibrating Dispenser Meters ...................................................... 5-14
Testing Premier Dispenser to Console Communications ............. 5-14
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
5-1
Diagnostics
Using the Manager Key and Arming Key
Using the Manager Key
The manager's key is black. It is used to enter and exit manager modes. It can
only be used on side A of the dispenser.
Entering Manager Modes
Place the manager key in the upper left corner of the keyswitch area until a
function number begins blinking on the left side of the money display.
Remove the manager key quickly when the blinking starts. One beep
indicates that manager modes have been entered.
Exiting Manager Modes
Hold the manager key to the keyswitch area to exit the manager modes. The
displays will show the last sale data when the dispenser returns to run mode.
KEYSWITCH
AREA
•
“
PREMIER B
F02
A MANAGER MODE
(FUNCTION NUMBER)
WILL APPEAR HERE
AND BEGIN TO BLINK
PREMIER C
F02
•
“
KEYSWITCH
AREA
Using the Arming Key
The arming key is red. It is used to arm or disarm the dispenser. The arming
key can be used on both sides of a dispenser.
A fuel sale cannot
take place on a
disarmed dispenser
Tokheim Corporation
5-2
When the arming key is held on the keyswitch area one tone indicates that
the dispenser is armed (ready to dispense fuel). Two tones indicate that the
dispenser has been disarmed.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Diagnostics
Basic Programming
All programming is accomplished with the manager key & the programming
buttons on the operator keypads.
Entering Programming / Manager Modes
1. Make certain that all of the nozzles are properly placed into their boots.
2. Place the manager key on the keyswitch area.
3. Hold it there until a mode number begins to blink and you hear a beep.
If this is not a first time start up, one of the following will appear in the
money/volume displays when entering the manager modes:
F01
If there are no problems, F01 will appear requesting level one security
code entry
1’s
If there is a low or disconnected battery, 1’s will appear. Tap a
programming button to continue. Call an ASR
F23
If there is a problem, F23 will appear. If ERR05 or PASS appear on start
up, the battery test will not be done and you will go directly to F23.
Check the dispenser programming. You may need to reprogram your
dispenser.
Moving from One Mode to the Next
With the mode number blinking, press and hold a programming button.
When the desired mode number appears, release the button. If the mode
number is not blinking, quickly tap any programming button until it begins to
blink. If you go past the mode desired, you can backup by pressing a backup
button.
Changing Parameter Information
Backup buttons are
used to change mode
numbers only.
Tap any programming button until the desired parameter begins to blink.
Press and hold down any programming button until the desired results
appear.
If you go past the parameter you wanted to change, continue to tap the
programming button until it wraps around to the desired parameter.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
5-3
Diagnostics
Example of Basic Programming
Programming Manager’s Mode F02
 Place the manager key on the keyswitch area.
‚ Hold the manager key onto the keyswitch area until the mode
Premier B displays
and keypad (not
shown) operate the
same as the Premier C
displays and keypad
shown in the
illustration below.
ƒ
„
…
†
‡
number begins to blink in the money/volume display and you hear a
beep.
Depress and hold any programming button to increment the mode
number. Release the programming button upon reaching manager mode
F02. Use the backup button(s) to select previous mode numbers. Backup
buttons are shown with a “O” in the illustration below.
For TDS Plus only, use the product selection keypad (1 x 5) for
manager mode programming.
The bottom number shown in the money/volume display is a counter for
non-zero sales and is a view only parameter. It cannot be selected.
Tap any programming button once to select the next parameter.
The next parameter selected (blinking) is in the Price Per Unit Volume
display (PPUV). This number shown here indicates the mode setting
speed. Depress and hold any programming button (except a backup
button) to increment this number. Release the button when the value you
want is reached. A valid entry for the mode setting speed is 0 – 9. The
default value for this setting is 5.
‚
F02
•
0234
‡
A blinking display indicates
that it is selected.
„
…
“
5
†
ƒ
Backup buttons (“O”) are
used to change manager mode
numbers only. The second
button down on the left side of
the operator interface keypad
or any CREDIT button (default
or programmed) is a backup
button.
Tokheim Corporation
5-4

4 X 20 DISPLAY
PREMIER C STANDARD DPT DISPLAY
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Diagnostics
Example of Basic Programming (continued)
Saving Manager Mode Settings
Manager mode settings are saved when:
• Advancing from one mode to the next
• Exiting manager’s modes
Exiting Manager Mode
Hold the manager key to the keyswitch area to exit manager mode. The
displays will show the last sale data when the dispenser returns to run mode.
Manager mode settings are saved.
KEYSWITCH
AREA
•
“
PREMIER B
F02
PREMIER C
F02
An illustration of
the dispenser
interface board is
located in section
3 of this manual.
•
“
KEYSWITCH
AREA
Alternate Exit Procedure
Press the control button on the dispenser interface board (cardcage) for two
seconds. The displays will show the last sale data when the dispenser returns
to run mode. Manager mode settings are saved.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
5-5
Diagnostics
Mode F11 – View Communications Diagnostics and
Watchdog Reset Counter
Using this Mode
Mode F11 displays:
• a diagnostic percentage of communication that the dispenser
has received from the console
• a diagnostic counter for the number of watchdog resets since
the dispenser became active
• a diagnostic number which indicates the status of dispenser
to DPT communication for side A and side B.
‚
ƒ

„
Premier B displays (not
shown) provide the same
information as shown in
this Premier C illustration.
F11 11
100 00
…
 Mode number F11
‚ Side A to DPT communication number, left digit, 1 = pass, 0 = fail
ƒ Side B to DPT communication number, right digit, 1 = pass, 0 = fail
• 00 = side A failed and side B failed
• 01 = side A failed and side B passed
• 10 = side A passed and side B failed
• 11 = side A passed and side B passed
„ Console to Dispenser Communication percentage - Any communication
percentage other than 000 or 100 indicates an intermittent
communication condition as shown below. The communication
percentage range is 000 to 100.
• 100 indicates normal operation when connected to a console.
• 100 is also displayed if the dispenser is connected to a
controller and F19 is set to stand-alone mode.
• 000 indicates that the dispenser communication link is not
established.
… Watchdog reset counter - Mode F11 watchdog reset count is reset each
time the dispenser is turned on. Normal operation equals 00. Anything
other than 00 indicates possible dispenser processing errors.
Tokheim Corporation
5-6
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Diagnostics
Mode F96 – View Dispenser Error, State and
Termination Code Histories
Mode 96 is used to view the dispenser error history, state history, and
termination code history.
Using this Mode
• To alternate between history types, tap a programming
button while the E, S, or c is blinking.
• To change the history number, tap a programming button
while the history number is blinking.
• To clear all the diagnostic codes, tap a programming button
until the diagnostic code is blinking. Press and hold any
programming button until 2 beeps are sounded. This clears
the memory stack and allows new data to be recorded.
Quick Entry Method: Opening Manager Mode in Mode F96
Press and hold programming button 1 or 13 (Cash [cA] and Credit [cr] on the
Default Keypad Layout), or the top right softkey on the INSIGHT™ DPT
keypad while entering the manager modes. Manager Mode will start with
Mode F96. This quick entry method allows access to modes F96 through F99
(diagnostic modes) without entering a level 1 or level 2 security code.

ƒ
Premier B displays (not
shown) provide the same
information as shown in
this Premier C illustration.
If there is a problem
and you need to call
the Tokheim Solution
Center, be prepared to
provide the history’s
diagnostic code. After
selecting the
appropriate History
type (E,S, or c), and
History number, the
diagnostic code will
appear.
‚
…
F96 01
X01 00
„

‚
ƒ
„
…
Mode number F96
Dispenser address range: 01 – 16
History type
• E = Error histories: shows the last 16 dispenser
errors that have occurred.
• S = State histories: shows the last 64 dispenser states
that have occurred.
• c = Termination code histories: shows the last 64
dispenser sale termination codes that have occurred.
History number (Default = 00)
• Error range: 00 – 15
• State range: 00 – 63.
• Termination code range: 00 – 63
Diagnostic Code (Default = 00)
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
5-7
Diagnostics
Mode F96 – View Dispenser Error, State and
Termination Code Histories (continued)
Error history is a record stored in memory of dispenser errors as they occur.
The most recent error added to the record is always history number 00.
Previously stored errors have their history number incremented by one for
each new error added to the record. See error history example below.
Definitions of error
codes can be found
in Section 6.
State history is a record stored in memory of dispenser state conditions as
they occur. Each state the dispenser goes through (idle, dispensing, halted,
etc.) is recorded by a code number. See the chart on the next page. The state
codes are viewed by selecting the history number desired. The most recent
state code added to the record is always history number 00. The state code
which was added to the record before 00 is 01, and so on, up to 63 previous
entries. See state history example below.
Termination Code is a record stored in memory of sale terminations at the
dispenser. These codes are recorded the same way as state history codes.
Error History Example
History
Number
Code
History
Number
Code
Error Code
31
00
Error Code
32
33
31
00
01
02
The first error code is added
to the error history record. It
is given history number 00. As
more error codes are added to
this record, this history
number will increment to a
maximum of 15.
HISTORY
SEQUENCE
09
32
33
31
01
02
03
As more errors are added to the
error history record, the history
numbers continue to increment
(with the oldest code having the
largest history number).
x
Error Code
00
Two more errors are added to the
error history record. The most
recent code onto the stack (32,
in this example) is now history
number 00.
w
History
Number
Code
y
State History Example
History
Number
Code
00
State Code
01
History
Number
Code
00
01
The first state code is added
to the state history record. It
is given history number 00.
As more state codes are added
to this record, this history
number will increment up to a
maximum of 63.
Tokheim Corporation
5-8
02
State Code
05
02
01
Two more errors are added to the
state history record. The most
recent code onto the stack (05,
in this example) is now history
number 00.
History
Number
Code
00
01
02
State Code
06
05
02
01
03
As more state codes are added to
the state history record, the
history numbers continue to
increment (the oldest has the
largest history number).
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Diagnostics
Mode F96 – View Dispenser Error, State and
Termination Code Histories (continued)
State codes (S) defined
State
Code
Brief Description
State
Code
Brief Description
00
Status = 2F, Dispenser is not initialized
05
Segment Check
01
Dispenser is idle, handle is down
06
Dispenser is running, sale in progress
02
Dispenser is idle, handle is up
07
Sale is halted
03
Status = A0, handle is up, waiting cash approval
08
Stopped sale, restartable (soft halt)
04
Status = A1, handle is up, waiting credit approval
09
Terminated sale (hard halt)
Diagnostic Termination codes (c) defined
(c)
Code
Brief Description
(c)
Code
Brief Description
01
Normal sale termination
13
Controller sale termination
02
No pulse timeout
14
DPT sale termination
03
Controller blend ratio mismatch
15
Pulser disconnect
04
Undefined
16
Reverse pulser motion
05
Blender pulser overflow
17
Back and forth pulser motion
06
Blender error
18
Interference or phase 0 shorted to
phase 90
07
Blender pulser disconnect
19
Reverse pulser motion
08
Power loss
20
High flow rate
09
Stop button pressed
21
High flow rate
10
Cannot read phase 0 buffer
22
Undefined
11
Cannot read phase 90 buffer
23
999.989 maximum delivery exceeded
12
Phase 0 to phase 90 > max
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
5-9
Diagnostics
Mode F97 – Check Operator Keypads and Nozzle Boot
Switches
Mode F97 is used to check the keypad buttons of the operator interface and
product selection keypads for proper operation. It is also used to check the
nozzle boot switches. This mode can be entered by the standard method
using the security code entry or the quick entry method that does not require
security codes to access – see Mode F96 in this section.
Using this Mode
• To test the nozzle boot switches, remove any hose nozzle
(one at a time). “HHHH” will appear in the PPUV display
assigned to that nozzle. Single hose dispensers will show
“HHHH” in the PPUV display for product 1.
• To test the keypads, press any keypad button. The
preassigned number appears at the right side of the money
display.
‚

Premier B displays (not
shown) provide the same
information as shown in
this Premier C illustration.
F97 27
P2
ƒ
„
HHHH
 Mode number F97
‚ Keypad numbers – as keypad buttons are pressed, the preassigned
keypad button number appears on the right side of the money display.
See the keypad diagram illustrations on the next page. Side A keypad
button numbers are displayed on side A when side A keypad buttons are
pressed. Side B keypad button numbers are displayed on side B when
side B keypad buttons are pressed.
ƒ Keypad function code – as keypad buttons are pressed, the keypad
function code is displayed on the right side of the volume display. The
keypad function code table on the next page defines the keypad function
codes (key codes) that will appear. A blank display indicates an
undefined keypad button.
„ The hose nozzle (handle) indicator is displayed on the dispenser side in
which the nozzle is removed from the boot. “HHHH” will appear in the
cash display of the same product as the hose nozzle that is removed.
Tokheim Corporation
5-10
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Diagnostics
Mode F97 – Check Operator Keypads and Nozzle Boot
Switches (continued)
KEYPAD FUNCTION CODES
Keycode Displayed
Press Keypad Button
0-9
0-9
cA
Cash/Start
cr
Credit
P1
Product 1
P2
Product 2
P3
Product 3
P4
Product 4
P5
Product 5
SP
Stop
cP
Currency Present
PRODUCT SELECTION KEYPAD KEY NUMBERS
25
26
27
28
29
OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD NUMBERS
(KEYPAD NUMBERS 7 & 19 ARE NOT USED)
uP
Units Present
cL
Clear
cb
Call / Help
Sb
Alternate Push-to-Start
(only programmed if site
controller supports this
feature)
6
5
4
3
2
12
11
10
9
8
18
17
16
15
14
24
23
22
21
20
1
13
INSIGHT DPT SOFTKEYS KEY NUMBERS
49
50
51
52
53
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
54
55
56
57
58
Tokheim Corporation
5-11
Diagnostics
Mode F98 – Initiate Display, DPT, and Product Selection
Keypad Diagnostics
This mode is used to check the money/volume and PPUV displays for proper
operation. This mode also initiates diagnostic mode for DPTs if present (see
sections 7 & 8 for DPT diagnostics).
Using this Mode
• Tap any programming button to begin the diagnostics. The
Money/Volume and PPUV display in sequence 0’s through
9’s for all digits until the mode is exited. Arrows and
decimals appear with every odd digit displayed.
• Press any button on the Product Selection Keypad to test the
keypad buttons. A tone is heard when a button is pressed.
• To exit this mode and proceed to mode F99, hold the
manager's key to the keyswitch area.

F98
‚
000000
000000
Premier B displays (not
shown) provide the same
information as shown in
this Premier C illustration.
ƒ
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
 Mode number F98
‚ Money/Volume and PPUV displays – All digits in these displays
increment from 0 thru 9.
ƒ Product Selection Keypad – A tone is heard when a Product Selection
Keypad button is pressed.
Tokheim Corporation
5-12
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Diagnostics
Mode F99 – View Software Date Code, CRC Code and
ROM CRC Diagnostic Test
This mode is used to view the dispenser software date code and the results of
the cyclical redundancy check (CRC). The date code and CRC code helps to
identify a dispenser type along with its model number. The CRC test verifies
the CPU board program memory is valid.
Using this Mode
• Tap any programming button to begin the diagnostics. The P
(Pass) or F (Fail) in the money display indicates whether the
CPU board passed or failed the CRC test. When the
computed CRC and stored CRC codes do not match, the
CRC code test has failed.
• The software date code is the release date of the software
installed. It appears in the Volume display and is shown in
mm/dd/yy format.
• To exit this mode and proceed to mode F99, hold the
manager's key to the keyswitch area.
‚

ƒ
F99
P
020394
Premier B displays (not
shown) provide the same
information as shown in
this Premier C illustration.
„
F02A
F02A
…
 Mode number F99
‚ The P(Pass) or F(Fail) in the money display indicates whether the CPU
board program memory passed or failed the CRC test.
ƒ The software date code is the release date of the software installed. It is
shown in mm/dd/yy format.
„ Computed CRC code – A “view only” parameter that represents the
computed results of the CRC test.
… Stored CRC code – A “view only” parameter that represents the stored
value of the CPU board’s program memory CRC code.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
5-13
Diagnostics
Testing Dispenser Meters for Calibration
Meter Calibration:
Refer to the Meter
Calibration
Procedure in the
Tokheim Hydraulic
System Home Study
Course Student
Workbook and
Video.
Make sure the meter
has gone through
it’s break-in period.
1. Enter manager mode F17 to set the maximum delivery amount allowed
by the dispenser.
2. Set the maximum delivery to the amount desired for the calibration test.
3. Enter manager mode F18 to set the slow flow offset for the dispenser.
4. Set and/or verify the slow flow offset desired.
5. Return to the run mode.
6. Begin a sale with the dispenser.
7. Check the measured value against the value set in manager mode F17.
8. Compare the results against your state and local regulations and calibrate
the meter if required. Refer to the meter calibration procedure in the
Tokheim Hydraulic System Home Study course video.
9. After the completion of the test, reset the maximum delivery and the
slow flow offset values to the desired values for normal operation.
Testing Premier Dispenser to Console Communications
TTD and TTC are acronyms for Talk To Dispenser and Talk To Console
signals respectively. The next page describes the locations where TTD and
TTC communications can be tested. Use a reliable multimeter to take
measurements.
When measuring DC Volts, connect the black (-) probe to DCC nearest to the
point where the voltage reading is taken.
The green connector referred to in the table on the next page refers to the
TTD/TTC/DCC green connector in the 67 box. Some connectors on the 67
box interface (I/F) boards have the communication signals labeled on the end
of the connector where the wires are inserted. The labels are not visible
unless the connector is unplugged. See connector illustration below for
signal locations.
67 BOX INTERFACE BOARD
DCC
TTC
TTD
GREEN
CONNECTOR
Tokheim Corporation
5-14
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Diagnostics
Testing Premier Dispenser to Console Communications
(continued)
DISPENSER WIRING
DISPENSER
INTERFACE
BOARD
FIELD
WIRING
67 BOX
GREEN CONNECTOR
(SEE ILLUSTRATION
ON THE OPPOSITE
PAGE FOR SIGNAL
LOCATIONS)
TP2
J19
IN-LINE
CONNECTOR
J-BOX
13
1
8
2
TTD
1
2
9
3
DCC
12
3
7
1
TTC
5
+12 VDC
•
•
•
•
•
TP2 (Test Point 2) is located on the Interface Board. See
pages 3-6 and 3-7.
J19 is located on the Mother Board. See sections 3 and 4 for
Mother board diagrams.
The In-line Connector is the connector that joins wire
harness 319588 to 319589 (Premier B). See page 4-17.
The J-Box is the junction box in the hydraulics cabinet of
the dispenser. See section 2 for junction box drawings.
The 67 box is usually located in the back office at the site.
TTD Circuit
Green LED on the
Interface Board
(LED 2)
TTC Circuit
Yellow LED on the
Interface Board
(LED 1)
Set the multimeter to measure DC Volts.
With everything connected together and
power on, measure voltage.
approx. 2.25 VDC
approx. .20 - .44 VDC
LED blinking
LED blinking
Disconnect the green plug in the 67 Box,
measure voltage on the wires going to the
dispenser.
approx. 12 VDC
approx. .05 VDC
LED on
LED on
Reconnect the green plug in the 67 Box.
Disconnect the console and attach the
dummy plug to the 67 Box. Measure at the
green plug in the 67 Box.
approx. .75 VDC
approx. .10 VDC
LED off
LED on
Instructions
Test TTD - Disconnect the green plug in
the 67 box and check the TTD LED.
Short TTD to DCC on the green plug.
Check the LED. Reconnect the green plug
in the 67 box when done.
Disconnect J19 from the dispenser Mother
board, check LED.
Short pin 1 to pin 2, check LED.
Test TTC - Set the multimeter to measure
resistance (ohms). Put the black probe on
pin 2 of J19, and put the red probe on pin
3 of J19.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
LED on
LED off
LED on
LED off
Multimeter should show
approx. 1500 - 2000 ohms
Tokheim Corporation
5-15
Diagnostics
Tokheim Corporation
5-16
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Troubleshooting Tips
Section 6:
Error Message Handling &
Troubleshooting Tips
Scope
This section includes information to assist in diagnosing error messages and
troubleshooting Premier B and C series dispensers. If the problems
encountered cannot be corrected using the information in this section, please
call the Tokheim Solution Center at 800-866-6762.
Service parts can be ordered by calling (219) 470-4710.
Error codes appear in the volume display of the dispenser when a problem
is detected. Refer to the following pages for descriptions of the errors and
corrective actions.
All errors except 04, 41, 42, 43, and 44 are reset by removing and replacing
a nozzle or by entering and exiting manager modes.
Section 6 Contents (for Premier B & C series dispensers)
Logic Sequence to Dispenser Repair ............................................ 6-2
Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier B) .................. 6-2
Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier C) .................. 6-3
ERR 01 – ERR 09 ......................................................................... 6-4
ERR 3x – ERR 13 .......................................................................... 6-5
ERR 14 – ERR 21 ......................................................................... 6-6
ERR 22 – ERR 27 ......................................................................... 6-7
ERR 39 & ERR 49 ......................................................................... 6-8
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
6-1
Troubleshooting Tips
Logic Sequence to Dispenser Repair (Premier B & C)
1. Is the electronics enclosure fan running?
• If the fan is running, AC power is present in the dispenser.
• If the fan is not running, find the reason for an open AC
circuit to the dispenser electronics.
2. Determine if the dispenser programming is correct.
Check the following modes:
Mode 11 Communication Diagnostics
Mode 19 Dispenser Function Code
Mode 23 Set Dispenser Parameters
Mode 98 Display, DPT, and Product Selection Keypad
Diagnostics
Mode 99 Software Diagnostics
3. Check test points on circuit boards.
Check the test points on the circuit boards to determine if the proper voltages
are present. See Section 3 – System Boards for locations of test points.
Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier B)
Model 67
Interface Box
Console/POS
TTD
TTC
Display
Signals
Battery Test
Expanded
Computer
Board
Display
Signals
Display
Signals
Battery
Monitor
Battery
Interface
Board
Operator Interface &
Product Selection
Keypads
Manager and
Arming Keys
Display
Signals
Display
Board
Pulsers
Handles
Watchdog
and Reset
Handles
Pulsers
Both Keypads’ Matrix
Signals and Manager/
Arming Key Signals
LED Board
Multiplex
Board
Valves
Full Flow Valve
Pulsers
Pulsers
Slow Flow Valve
Motor Relay Control
Handles
Barrier Conduit
Assembly
Tokheim Corporation
6-2
Handles
Relay
Board
Suction System
Product Relay
to Suction
Motor
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Troubleshooting Tips
Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier C)
Model 67
Interface Box
Console/POS
TTD
TTC
Display
Signals
Battery Test
Expanded
Computer
Board
Display
Signals
Display
Signals
Battery
Monitor
Battery
Interface
Board
Operator Interface &
Product Selection
Keypads
Manager and
Arming Keys
Display
Signals
Display
Board
Pulsers
Handles
Watchdog
and Reset
Handles
Pulsers
Both Keypads’ Matrix
Signals and Manager/
Arming Key Signals
LED Board
Multiplex
Board
Valves
Full Flow Valve
Pulsers
Handles
Intrinsically
Safe
Barrier
Assembly
Pulsers
Slow Flow Valve
Motor Relay Control
Handles
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Relay
Board
Suction System
Product Relay
to Suction
Motor
Tokheim Corporation
6-3
Troubleshooting Tips
Dispenser Error Codes (Premier B & C)
An error code is displayed in the volume display when the dispenser detects
a problem. If your dispenser is equipped with the MaxVac Vapor Recovery
System, refer to Section 8 if error codes 23, 24, or 31 thru 34 are displayed
by your dispenser AND an error LED is on. The LEDs are located either on
the Multiplex board (non-blend dispensers) or on the Blend Control board
(blender dispensers).
ERROR CODE
DESCRIPTION OF
ERROR
CORRECTIVE ACTION
The security code entered
in mode F13 is invalid.
The correct code must be entered
to gain access to level 2 modes.
The security code entered
in Mode E01 is invalid.
The correct security code must be
entered to access level 3 modes.
ERR 04
For blenders only:
The number of bad sales
has reached the bad sale
limit as programmed in
manager's mode F21.
Make certain that a zero is not
programmed in mode F21. To clear
this error, the dispenser must be
powered down and restarted.
ERR 05
A memory (RAM) test failed
on power up.
The dispenser may have
been powered down
improperly (having a
disconnected battery etc.).
When this error occurs, check all
programmed variables. Use the
manager key to enter the manager
modes and correct any values that
might have changed.
ERR 08
When a low battery (still
capable of retaining
memory) is detected, this
error appears one minute
after power up or after four
consecutive battery tests,
performed hourly.
This error can be disabled by
entering and exiting manager
modes. However, if the battery is
still low, this error will reappear 1
minute after the next power up.
When a critically low battery
(one that may not store
sales data) is detected, this
error appears one minute
after power up or after four
consecutive battery tests,
performed hourly.
This error can be disabled by
entering and exiting the manager
modes while the error is displayed.
However, if the battery is still
critically low, this error will reappear
1 minute after the next power up.
This error should be serviced
immediately because sales data
could be lost.
ERR 02
ERR 09
Tokheim Corporation
6-4
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Troubleshooting Tips
Dispenser Error Codes (continued)
ERR 11 – Err 26 appear on Blender dispensers only.
ERROR CODE
DESCRIPTION OF
ERROR
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Dispensers equipped with the MaxVac Vapor Recovery System:
If error codes 31 thru 34 are displayed AND a Multiplex Board LED is on,
make sure that the power supply for the MaxVac option is on.
The number of
dispenser errors for
ERR 3x
(Err 31, 32, 33, & 34) hose (x) has reached
the dispenser error
limits as programmed
Note: Err 3x and 4x will
in manager mode
appear on the side of
the dispenser that has
F21. The sale is
the problem.
terminated as a bad
sale.
Make certain that a zero is not
programmed in mode F21. This mode
indicates a potential problem with the
Interface board, multiplex board, a
pulser, pulser barrier board, pulser
harness, or electrical interference.
The number of bad
sales for hose (x) has
ERR 4x
reached the bad sale
(Err 41, 42, 43, & 44) limit as programmed
in manager mode
F21.
Make certain zero is not programmed
in mode F21. To clear this error, the
dispenser must be powered down and
restarted.
ERR 11
Product 1 used for
This error indicates dirty strainer
blending is
screens and filter.
dispensing too slowly.
ERR 12
Product 2 used for
This error indicates dirty strainer
blending is
screens and filter.
dispensing too slowly.
ERR 13
Product 1 used for
blending is not
dispensing.
This error indicates a defective
submerged pump circuit, the impact
valve under the dispenser, or a blend
controller board.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
6-5
Troubleshooting Tips
Dispenser Error Codes (continued)
ERR 11 – Err 26 appear on Blender dispensers only.
ERROR CODE
DESCRIPTION OF
ERROR
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ERR 14
Product 2 used for
blending is not
dispensing.
Indicates a defective submerged
pump circuit, the impact valve under
the dispenser, or a blend controller
board.
ERR 15
Product 1 used for
blending is uncontrollable
because of severe
pressure fluctuations.
Indicates dirty strainer screens and
filters.
ERR 16
Product 2 used for
blending is uncontrollable
because of severe
pressure fluctuations.
Indicates dirty strainer screens and
filters. E
ERR 18
Product 2 is leaking into
product 1 when only
product 1 is called for.
Indicates a bad blender valve or a
check valve.
ERR 19
Product 1 is leaking into
product 2 when only
product 2 is called for.
An indication of a bad blender valve
or a check valve.
ERR 20
No communication with
blend co-processor.
This error indicates a potential
problem with the Computer (CPU)
board, Blend Controller board,
Blend Co-processor EPROM, or a
Mother board. Power down, then
power up the dispenser.
ERR 21
The number of dispenser
errors for product 1 has
reached the dispenser
error limit as
programmed in manager
mode F21. The sale is
terminated as a bad sale.
This error indicates a potential
problem with the Blend Controller
board, Interface board, a pulser,
pulser barrier board, pulser
harness, or electrical interference.
Tokheim Corporation
6-6
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Troubleshooting Tips
Dispenser Error Codes (continued)
ERR 11 – Err 26 appear on Blender dispensers only.
ERROR CODE
DESCRIPTION OF
ERROR
ERR 22
The number of dispenser
errors for product 2 has
reached the dispenser
error limit as
programmed in manager
mode F21. The sale is
terminated as a bad sale.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
This error indicates a potential
problem with the Blend Controller
board, Interface board, a pulser,
pulser barrier, pulser harness, or
electrical interference.
Dispensers equipped with the MaxVac Vapor Recovery System:
If error codes 23 or 24 are displayed AND a Blend Control Board LED is on, be
sure that the power supply is on for the MaxVac option.
ERR 23
Product 1 pulser is
disconnected.
This error indicates a disconnected
or defective pulser, or a potential
problem with the pulser harness or
pulser barrier.
ERR 24
Product 2 pulser is
disconnected.
This error indicates a disconnected
or defective pulser, or a potential
problem with the pulser harness or
pulser barrier.
ERR 25
The operator has
attempted to dispense
product from a blend
hose with the blend ratio
set to the default value
(non).
A valid blend ratio must be
programmed in mode F26 before
fuel can be dispensed from the
blend hose.
ERR 26
The blend ratio in the
The blend ratio must be changed in
dispenser does not
mode F26 or in the console before
match the blend ratio in
fuel can be dispensed from the
the console for that hose. blend hose.
ERR 27
Upper limit on flow rate
has been reached. Error
occurs on extremely
excessive flow rates.
Raise a handle to clear error.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
6-7
Troubleshooting Tips
Dispenser Error Codes (continued)
ERR 39 & Err 49 only appear in dispensers with version QA
dispenser software.
ERROR CODE
ERR 39
For Premier B /
Wayne Retroheads
Only
ERR 49
For Premier B /
Wayne Retroheads
Only
Tokheim Corporation
6-8
DESCRIPTION OF
ERROR
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Difficullty in authorizing
fuel sales from a hose
controller. This is a
Diagnostic Error Code
and can only be viewed
in mode F96.
The hose controller is
sending an invalid
maximum delivery
amount (000.00) and the
dispenser is not
accepting the sale
authorization. An Err 39
is recorded only in the
error history in mode
F96.
Enter mode F96 and verify that an
Err39 has occured. Contact you
ASR for an Engineering evaluation
of the problem.
Preset sales overshoot
or undershoot desired
amount. Calculations by
the site controller results
in maximum delivery
errors on some preset
sales. This is an
indication of a flaw in the
site controller software.
An Err 49 is recorded
only in the error history in
mode F96.
Enter mode F96 and verify an Err
49 has occured. Contact you ASR
for an Engineering evaluation of the
problem.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Standard DPT
Section 7:
PREMIER STANDARD DPT (Premier B & C)
Scope
For INSIGHT
DPTs, see
Section 8
This section contains technical information on the standard Dispenser Payment
Terminals (DPT) for Premier B & C series dispensers. It includes information on
diagnostic tests, troubleshooting, and communications settings for the following
standard DPTs.
• Standard DPT (includes Gasboy DPT)
• Standard DPT with TDS (Tokheim Debit System)
• Standard DPT with TDS Plus
General
The DPT allows a customer to perform cash or credit transactions at the
dispenser without entering the store or interacting with a cashier.
The Tokheim Debit System (TDS or TDS Plus) option allows the customer to
perform debit transactions at the dispenser.
The DPT is linked to a Site Controller via the Model 69 Interface Box using
RS-485 communication protocols. See the block diagrams of the standard DPT
types included in this section.
The following table provides the DPT controller board and software required for
the three types of standard DPTs:
IMPORTANT
Be aware that static
electricity can result
in circuit board
failure. Precautions to
prevent static
discharge should be
taken prior to
touching a circuit
board.
Type of Dispenser
Payment Terminal
DPT Controller
Board number
Standard DPT
Standard DPT with TDS
DPT Controller Board
Software version #
420929-4
JP.02.18.00+
420929-13 (Premier C)
420929-10 (Premier B)
MT.QD.01.00+ (Premier C)
MT.QD.02.00+ (Premier B)
421844-1
MT.03.01.00+
Standard DPT with TDS Plus
Section 7 Contents
Component List for Standard DPT Assemblies (Premier B & C) .... 7-2
Subassembly Orientation (Premier B) .......................................... 7-2
Subassembly Orientation (Premier C) .......................................... 7-3
Standard DPT Information (Premier B & C) ................................... 7-4
Standard DPT with TDS Information (Premier B & C) .................... 7-9
Standard DPT with TDS Plus Information (Premier B & C) .......... 7-13
DPT Diagnostics (Premier B & C) ................................................ 7-18
Troubleshooting Standard DPT Problems (Premier B & C) .......... 7-21
Changing Paper on a Tear-Bar Printer (Premier B) ...................... 7-27
Changing Paper on a Standard Printer (Premier C) ..................... 7-29
Clearing a Paper Jam on a Standard Printer (Premier C) ............ 7-30
Cash Acceptor
Lock Assemblies (Premier B & C) ......................................... 7-32
Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier B) .............. 7-33
Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier B) ............................ 7-33
Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier C) .............. 7-34
Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier C) ............................ 7-34
Dip Switches on the Cash Acceptor (Premier B & C) ............ 7-35
Card Reader Cleaning Procedure (Premier B & C) .............. 7-36
Adjusting Contrast of 4 x 20 DPT Display (Premier B & C) .......... 7-36
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
7-1
Standard DPT
Component List for Standard DPT Assemblies
Includes Standard DPT with TDS & TDS Plus and Gasboy
DPT (Premier B & C)
A Standard DPT assembly consists of a Controller board and may contain any of
the peripheral devices listed below.
• Audio Transducer (beeper)
• Card Reader
• Cash Acceptor (Standard DPT and Standard DPT with TDS Plus only)
• Customer Display
• Printer
• Keypad
• Secure Pin Pad (Standard DPT with TDS Plus only)
Subassembly Orientation - Standard DPT Assemblies
Includes Standard DPT with TDS & with TDS Plus and
Gasboy DPT (Premier B)
Cash Acceptor
Cash Acceptor
Cassette
DPT Printer
DPT Controller
Board
Premier C
Dispenser Head
DPT Dial
Assembly
OR
Tokheim Corporation
7-2
Non-DPT Panel
(used when no DPT is present)
Premier B (45")
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Subassembly Orientation - Standard DPT Assemblies
Includes Standard DPT with TDS & with TDS Plus and
Gasboy DPT (Premier C)
Premier C (45")
Cash
Acceptor
DPT
Controller
Board
Handle/Pulser
Barrier Assembly
DPT Printer
(attached to back
of door)
DPT
Controller
Boards
Premier C (30")
MaxVac
System
Boards
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
7-3
Standard DPT
DPT Block Diagram (Premier B & C)
PAPER
SENSOR
PRINTER
CONTROL
BOARD
PRINTER
PAPER
CUTTER
J2
DPT BOARD
420929-4
J1
DISPENSER
SIDE "A"
TO POS / SITE
CONTROLLER
69 INTERFACE BOX
J4
J4
DPT BOARD
420929-4
BUZZER
J5
J16
MOTHER BOARD
ASSEMBLY
J17
J5
DISPENSER
SIDE "B"
J8
J10
To Circuit Breakers
J7
J6
J9
4 X 20
DISPLAY
CASH
ACCEPTOR
J11
Blender Power
sides A & B
J12
J3
CARD
READER
J2
J1
OPTIONS
POWER SUPPLY
J4
240V
J8
J7
J5
120V
TRANSFORMER
J6
AC Power from
AC Distribution board J14
Connector and Test Point Locations
LED 2
LED 1
J1
Test Point
Number
J8
Description
TP1
Main input power; 23.5 to 24.5 VDC
TP2
Paper cutter power; 23.5 to 24.5 VDC
TP3
Printer power; 19.75 to 21.5 VDC
TP4
Unregulated logic power; 7.25 to 11 VDC
TP5
Battery voltage; DPT on = TP6 voltage
DPT off = 3 to 3.4 VDC
TP6
Regulated logic power; 4.75 to 5.25 VDC
TP7
Display contrast adjust voltage; -4.75 to -5 VDC
TP8
Gnd; System DCC
J12
J2
J3
Note: Jumpers JU1 & JU4 are
soldered and are not meant to be
configured in the field
SW2
LED 4, 5, 6, 7
LED 8
J9
Tokheim Corporation
7-4
J7
LED 3
J10 J4
J5
J11
J6
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Jumper and Switch Locations (Premier B & C)
DPT Controller Board - 420929
SW2
Depressing SW2
initiates a hard reset to
the DPT controller
board processor and
causes the dipswitch
settings of SW1 to be
read.
SW1
U13
JU5
JU9
JU10 JU12 JU11
Jumper Settings
Reference the jumper illustrations on the left and the jumper locations on the
controller board shown above.
Factory settings: Highlighted areas in the table below
JUMPER
JU5
1
2
1
OPEN
ENABLED
--------------------
DISABLED
JU5
WATCHDOG*
JU6
Normally open; when pins 1&2 are enabled, DPT enters diagnositcs.
JU7
Normally open; AC low power detect is not used.
JU8
BATTERY**
JU9***
DISABLED
ENABLED
--------------------
SITE CONTROLLER
COMMUNICATIONS
HALF DUPLEX
FULL DUPLEX
--------------------
JU10***
SITE CONTROLLER
COMMUNICATIONS
HALF DUPLEX
FULL DUPLEX
--------------------
JU11***
SITE CONTROLLER
COMMUNICATIONS
HALF DUPLEX
FULL DUPLEX
--------------------
JU12
SITE CONTROLLER
COMMUNICATIONS
--------------------
--------------------
HALF DUPLEX
1
2
PINS 2&3
3 2
JU7
PINS 1&2
2
JU6
2 3
1
JU8
2
DESCRIPTION
JU10
3
1
2
3
JU12
.
1
2
JU11
1
1
JU9
*The watchdog is the power supervision of the CPU board and should be enabled
**The battery is the DPT, CPU board, RAM backup.
***These jumpers configure the CPU board for full or half duplex.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
7-5
Standard DPT
Switch Settings (Premier B & C)
SW1, Switch Positions 1 and 8
DPT Communication Rate Settings
RS-485 COMMUNICATION RATE SET BY SWITCH SW1
SWITCH POS 1
UDC COMM2 PORT
SWITCH POS 8
SITE CNTRLR COMM1 PORT
COMM RATE (BPS)
COMM RATE (BPS)
PREMIER
ON
19,200
ON
4800
OFF
not used
OFF
9600
Factory Settings:
1 = ON
8 = OFF
GASBOY ONLY
SW1, Switch Positions 1 and 8
Printer and Display Settings
SW1, Switch Position 2
DPT Dispenser Side
UDC COMM2 PORT
PRINTER AND DISPLAY TYPE SET BY SWITCH SW1
SWITCH POSITION 1
PRINTER TYPE
SWITCH POSITION 8
DISPLAY TYPE
ON
TEAR BAR
ON
4 LINE
OFF
CUTTER
BAR
OFF
2 LINE
SWITCH POS. 2
ADDRESS
ON
=
(Side A) 1
OFF
=
(Side B) 2
Factory Settings:
Side A = ON
Side B = OFF
SW1, Switch Positions 3 thru 7
DPT Address settings Site Controller COMM 1 Port
IMPORTANT:
Depending on the site controller used, these DPT Address
Settings and the Dispenser Address Settings MUST match.
SWITCH POSITION
3
4
5
6
Factory settings:
Side A = address 1
Side B = address 2
SWITCH POSITION
7
ADDRESS
(1-16)
3
4
5
6
7
ADDRESS
(17-32)
ON
ON
ON
OFF
17
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
1
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
2
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
18
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
3
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
4
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
19
20
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
5
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
21
ON
6
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
22
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
7
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
23
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
8
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
24
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
9
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
25
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
10
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
26
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
11
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
27
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
12
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
28
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
13
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
14
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
29
30
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
15
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
31
16
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
32
OFF
OFF
Tokheim Corporation
7-6
OFF
OFF
ON
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Controller Board Connectors (Premier B & C)
J1 Beeper Connector
1 - Regulated +12 VDC
2 - Beeper On/Off
J2 Printer Control/Data Connector
1 - Data write command signal
2 - Bit 0 data
3 - Bit 1 data
4 - Bit 2 data
5 - Bit 3 data
6 - Bit 4 data
7 - Bit 5 data
8 - Bit 6 data
9 - Bit 7 data
10 - No Connection
11 - +5 VDC printer logic power
12 - +5 VDC printer logic power
13 - No Connection
14 - System DCC, printer logic power
15 - System DCC, printer logic power
16 - System DCC, paper cutter
17 - No Connection
18 - System DCC, low paper sensor
19 - System DCC, printer power supply
20 - System DCC, printer power supply
21 - +20 VDC printer power supply
22 - +20 VDC printer power supply
23 - +24 VDC paper cutter power
24 - Relay active signal (to start paper cutter)
25 - Home position signal for paper cutter
26 - No Connection
27 - Paper low sensor (active low)
28 - Data busy (active low)
29 - Out of paper signal (active low)
30 - Data received by printer signal (active low)
31 - Printer error condition signal (active low)
32 - Reset printer signal (active low)
J3 LED Backlight Connector
1 - Unregulated +8 VDC
2 - System DCC
J4 Site Controller Port Connector
1 - System DCC
2 - System DCC
3 - +RS-485 (non-inverting) differential signal
4 - -RS-485 (inverting) differential signal
J5 UDC Port Connector
1 - System DCC
2 - System DCC
3 - +RS-485 (non-inverting) differential signal
4 - -RS-485 (inverting) differential signal
J6 Main Power Connector
1 - Regulated +24 VDC (23.5 to 24.5)
2 - Unregulated +8VDC (8 to 12.5)
3 - System DCC
J7 Cash Acceptor Connector
1 - Cash Acceptor DCC, opto isolated
2 - Cash Acceptor +5VDC, opto isolated
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
3 - Cash Acceptor transmit, opto isolated
4 - Cash Acceptor receive, opto isolated
Tokheim Corporation
7-7
Standard DPT
Controller Board Connectors Defined (continued)
J8 Display Board Connector
1 - +5 VDC power (4.75 to 5.25)
2 - System DCC
3 - Register select for display board
4 - Contrast control (-5 to +2.5 VDC)
5 - Upper 2 x 20 display decode signal
6 - Read/Write signal (R=1, W=0)
7 - Data signal bit 1
8 - Data signal bit 0
9 - Data signal bit 3
10 - Data signal bit 2
11 - Data signal bit 5
12 - Data signal bit 4
13 - Data signal bit 7
14 - Data signal bit 6
15 - Lower 2 x 20 display decode signal
16 - Display bezel ground, tied to DCC at standoff
J9 Card Reader Connector
1 - Active low signal shows card is fully inserted
2 - Track 2 card data
3 - Active low signal shows card is moving through unit
4 - Indicates valid Track 2 data
5 - No Connection
6 - +5 VDC (4.75 to 5.25) for card reader logic
7 - System DCC
8 - Indicates valid Track 1 data
9 - Track 1 card data
J10 Keypad Connector
1 - System DCC
2 - System DCC
3 - No Connection
4 - No Connection
5 - Keypad matrix, column 1
6 - Keypad matrix, column 2
7 - Keypad matrix, column 3
8 - Keypad matrix, column 4
9 - Keypad matrix, row 1
10 - Keypad matrix, row 2
11 - Keypad matrix, row 3
12 - Keypad matrix, row 4
13 - Keypad matrix, row 5
14 - Keypad matrix, row 6
15 - Not used
16 - Not used
17 - Not used
18 - Not used
J11 Site Controller Port Connector (Gasboy Interface)
1 - System DCC
4 - Differential receive, non-inverting (Rx+)
2 - System DCC
5 - Differential transmit, non-inverting (Tx+)
3 - Differential receive, inverting (Rx-)
6 - Differential transmit, inverting (Tx-)
J12 Cash Acceptor Switch Sensor Connector
1 - Active low signal, detects open security enclosure
2 - System DCC
Light Emitting Diodes (LED’s)
The LED will be on when the described signal is active
LED1 Red
Serial data is being received by the DPT from the Cash Acceptor
LED2 Green
Serial data is being transmitted by the DPT to the Cash Acceptor
LED3 Red
Diagnostic test signal defined by software
LED4 Red
Receive signal (RS-485) site controller port J4
LED5 Green
Transmit signal (RS-485) site controller port J4
LED6 Red
Receive signal (RS-485) UDC port J5
LED7 Green
Transmit signal (RS-485) UDC port J5
LED8 Yellow +5VDC Logic power
Tokheim Corporation
7-8
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Standard DPT with TDS (Premier B & C)
The standard DPT with TDS Controller board (part # 420929-10 for Premier B,
and 420929-13 for Premier C) is the same board as the Standard DPT controller
board (part # 420929-4) with the addition of a battery to retain customer injection
information in RAM memory while the dispenser is powered down.
IMPORTANT NOTES:
1. The TDS network
will not function
properly without a
TED unit installed.
2. The DPTs in the
dispenser must have
software version
MT.QD.01.00 for
Premier C or
MT.QD.02.00 for
Premier B installed.
3. Software version
MT.QD.01.00 or
higher does not
support cash
acceptors.
The standard DPT with TDS controller board supports Debit functions by
interfacing with a Model 170 TED (Tokheim Encryption Device) unit. The TED
unit is attached to the Model 69 interface box cover. The TED unit enables
secure communication between DPTs and the POS or Site Controller located in
the main building. The TED unit is installed in the RS-485 communication link
between the POS or Site Controller and the model 69 interface box. See
additional TED unit information on page 7-11.
Standard DPT with TDS Block Diagram
PAPER
SENSOR
PRINTER
PAPER
CUTTER
TO DISPLAY BOARD
CONNECTOR J9
DISPENSER SIDE "A"
TO POS / SITE
CONTROLLER
PRINTER
CONTROL
BOARD
J2
DPT BOARD
420929-7
J1
DISPENSER
SIDE "A"
TED
UNIT
69 INTERFACE BOX
J4
J5
J16
MOTHER BOARD
ASSEMBLY
J4
J17
J5
DPT BOARD
420929-7
DISPENSER
SIDE "B"
J8
J10
To Circuit Breakers
J7
J6
J9
4 X 20
DISPLAY
CARD
READER
J11
Blender Power
sides A & B
J12
J3
J2
J1
OPTIONS
POWER SUPPLY
J4
J8
J7
J5
240V
120V
TRANSFORMER
J6
AC Power from
AC Distribution board J14
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
7-9
Standard DPT
Jumper and Switch Locations for Standard DPT with
TDS Controller Board (420929)
The SW1 switch
settings and
controller board
connector information
on the standard DPT
SW1
with TDS controller
board are the same as
the standard DPT
controller board.
U13
See pages 7-5, 7-6,
and 7-7.
JU5
JU9
JU10 JU12 JU11
SW2
Depressing SW2 initiates a hard reset to
the DPT controller board processor and
causes the dipswitch settings of SW1 to
be read.
Jumper Settings (Standard DPT with TDS)
Reference the jumper illustrations on the left and the jumper locations on the
controller board shown above.
Factory settings: Highlighted areas in the table below
JUMPER
JU5
JU7
1
2
1
PINS 2&3
OPEN
ENABLED
--------------------
DISABLED
JU6
Normally open; when pins 1&2 are enabled, DPT enters diagnositcs.
JU7
Normally open; AC low power detect is not used.
JU8
BATTERY**
JU9***
DISABLED
ENABLED
--------------------
SITE CONTROLLER
COMMUNICATIONS
HALF DUPLEX
FULL DUPLEX
--------------------
JU10***
SITE CONTROLLER
COMMUNICATIONS
HALF DUPLEX
FULL DUPLEX
--------------------
JU11***
SITE CONTROLLER
COMMUNICATIONS
HALF DUPLEX
FULL DUPLEX
--------------------
JU12
SITE CONTROLLER
COMMUNICATIONS
--------------------
--------------------
HALF DUPLEX
1
2
2
JU6
PINS 1&2
WATCHDOG*
3
1
JU8
2
DESCRIPTION
JU5
JU10
3
1
2
3
1 2
JU12
3
.
1
2
JU11
1
2
JU9
*The watchdog is the power supervision of the CPU board and should be enabled
**The battery is the DPT, CPU board, RAM backup.
***These jumpers configure the CPU board for full or half duplex.
Tokheim Corporation
7-10
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Standard DPT with TDS (Premier B & C)
TDS and TED Connections
MODEL 69 INTERFACE BOX
(UP TO 16 DPTS)
MODEL 69 INTERFACE BOX COVER
(SEE DRAWING ON NEXT PAGE)
233568-2
(RS-485)
POS/
SITE CONTROLLER
TED UNIT
PC BOARD
J2
CNTL
(RS-485)
DPT
J1
110 VAC
233568-1
(RS-485)
GROUND WIRE
CONNECTS HERE
TO DPT
CONNECTOR
ON TED UNIT
(DRAIN) NOT CONNECTED
(DCC) WHT/BLUE
(+RS485) GREEN
(-RS485) RED
4
3
2
1
TO DPTS
(IF CONNECTED)
J1
One TED unit is
required for up
to 8 dispensers
(16 DPTs). More
than 16 DPTs
require two TED
units.
TO DPTS
(IF CONNECTED)
CAUTION:
WIRE COLORS
MAY VARY FROM
THOSE SHOWN
TO DPTS
(IF CONNECTED)
1
2
3
4
SHIELD (DRAIN)
BLACK (DCC)
WHITE (+RS485)
RED (-RS485)
MODEL 69 BOX BOARD (1 0F 4)
!
WARNING:
The Tokheim
Encryption Device
(TED) is a secure
unit.
DO NOT ATTEMPT
TO OPEN.
If the TED unit is
tampered with, the
ENCRYPTION
PROGRAMMING
will be ERASED.
Model 170 TED unit
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
7-11
Standard DPT
Tokheim Encryption Device (TED)
TED Mounting Bracket Assembly and Model 69 Box
Cover
MODEL 69 BOX
COVER
TOP
DPT
CONNECTOR
CNTL
CONNECTOR
RED LEDS
(2 PLACES)
GREEN LED
POWER
CORD
CONNECTOR
BOTTOM OF
TED UNIT
Bottom view of TED Mounting Bracket assembly
TO POS/
SITE CONTROLLER
(COLORS MAY VARY)
1 = -RS485
2 = +RS485
3 = DCC
4 = DRAIN (SHIELD)
PC BOARD
J1
4321
GROUND
WIRE
CONNECTED
HERE
1234
J2
BOTTOM VIEW
Tokheim Corporation
7-12
TO TED (CNTL)
1 = NOT CONNECTED (DRAIN)
2 = (WHT/BLUE) DCC
3 = (GREEN) +RS485
4 = (RED) -RS485
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Controller Board - Standard DPT with TDS Plus
(Premier B only)
The Standard DPT with TDS Plus Controller board supports Debit functions by
interfacing with a Secure PIN Encryption Device (SPED) located behind the 4x6
keypad on each side of a dispenser. The secure PIN encryption device is part of
the Debit module shown in the diagram below.
!
WARNING:
The TDS Plus Debit
Module is a secure
unit.
DO NOT ATTEMPT
TO OPEN.
If the TDS Plus
Debit Module is
tampered with, the
ENCRYPTION
PROGRAMMING
will be ERASED.
Block Diagram - Standard DPT with TDS Plus
PAPER
SENSOR
PRINTER
CONTROL
BOARD
PRINTER
PAPER
CUTTER
J5
DPT BOARD
421844-2
J1
DISPENSER
SIDE "A"
TO POS / SITE
CONTROLLER
69 INTERFACE BOX
J9
J9
DPT BOARD
421844-2
BUZZER
J16
J10
MOTHER BOARD
ASSEMBLY
J17
J10
DISPENSER
SIDE "B"
J7
To Circuit Breakers
J3
J12
J6
Blender Power
sides A & B
J11
TDS Plus DEBIT MODULE
Security
Shield
J2
4x6
Keypad
J4
4 line x
20 Character
Display
Debit
Board
J3
CASH
ACCEPTOR
CARD
READER
J3
J2
OPTIONS
POWER SUPPLY
J4
J1
J1
J8
J7
J5
240V
120V
TRANSFORMER
J6
J5
AC Power from
AC Distribution board J14
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
7-13
Standard DPT
Jumper and Switch Locations for Standard DPT with
TDS Plus Controller Board (421844)
J3 Cash Acceptor
Communications
JU1
J5 Printer Cable
Note: Jumpers JU1 & JU3 are
soldered and are not meant to be
configured in the field
JU3
JU11
NUMEROUS COMPONENTS
ON THE BOARD HAVE BEEN
OMITTED IN THIS DRAWING
TO CLARIFY LOCATION OF
JUMPERS.
•
JU4 JU2
1
SW1
Depressing SW2 initiates a hard
reset to the DPT controller board
processor and causes the
dipswitch settings of SW1 to be
read.
JU7
JU8
JU9
JU10
JU6
JU5
SW2
1
1
1
• • •
J6Card Reader
Communications
J7 Secure Pin Pad
Communications
J9 Site Controller
Communications
J12
J10 UDC
DPT Power
Communications
Jumper Settings - Standard DPT with TDS Plus
Controller Board
Reference the jumper illustrations and locations on the controller board shown above.
Factory settings: Highlighted areas in the table below
JUMPER
DESCRIPTION
PINS 1&2
PINS 2&3
OPEN
ENABLED
----------------
DISABLED
JU4
WATCHDOG*
JU5
Normally open; when pins 1&2 are enabled, DPT enters diagnositcs.
JU6
Normally open; AC low power detect is not used.
JU2
BATTERY**
JU8***
DISABLED
ENABLED
---------------
SITE CONTROLLER
COMMUNICATIONS
HALF DUPLEX
---------------
FULL DUPLEX
JU9***
SITE CONTROLLER
COMMUNICATIONS
HALF DUPLEX
FULL DUPLEX
----------------
JU10***
SITE CONTROLLER
COMMUNICATIONS
HALF DUPLEX
FULL DUPLEX
----------------
JU7
SITE CONTROLLER
COMMUNICATIONS
FULL DUPLEX
----------------
HALF DUPLEX
*The watchdog is the power supervision of the CPU board and should be enabled
**The battery is the DPT, CPU board, RAM backup
***These jumpers configure the CPU board for full or half duplex.
Tokheim Corporation
7-14
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Switch Settings - Standard DPT with TDS Plus Controller
Board (Premier B & C)
SW1, Switch Positions 1 and 8
DPT COMMUNICATION RATE SETTINGS
RS-485 COMMUNICATION RATE SET BY SWITCH SW1
SWITCH POS 1
UDC COMM2 PORT
SWITCH POS 8
SITE CNTRLR COMM1 PORT
COMM RATE (BPS)
COMM RATE (BPS)
PREMIER
ON
19,200
ON
4800
OFF
not used
OFF
9600
Factory settings:
1 = ON
8 = OFF
SW1, Switch Position 2
DPT Dispenser side
UDC COMM2 PORT
SWITCH POS. 2
ADDRESS
ON
=
(Side A) 1
OFF
=
(Side B) 2
Factory settings:
Side A = ON
Side B = OFF
SW1, Switch Positions 3 through 7
DPT Address settings Site Controller COMM 1 Port
IMPORTANT:
Depending on the site controller used, these DPT Address
Settings and the Dispenser Address Settings MUST match.
SWITCH POSITION
Factory settings:
Side A = address 1
Side B = address 2
SWITCH POSITION
3
4
5
6
7
ADDRESS
(1-16)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
1
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
2
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
18
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
3
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
4
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
19
20
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
5
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
21
3
4
5
6
7
ADDRESS
(17-32)
ON
ON
ON
OFF
17
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
6
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
22
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
7
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
23
8
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
24
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
9
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
25
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
10
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
26
27
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
11
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
12
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
28
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
13
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
14
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
29
30
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
15
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
31
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
16
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
32
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
7-15
Standard DPT
Controller Board Connectors Defined for Standard DPT
with TDS Plus
J1 Beeper Connector
1 - Regulated +12 VDC
2 - Beeper On/Off
J3 Cash Acceptor Connector
1 - Cash Acceptor DCC, opto isolated
2 - Cash Acceptor +5VDC, opto isolated
3 - Cash Acceptor transmit, opto isolated
4 - Cash Acceptor receive, opto isolated
J4 Cash Acceptor Switch Sensor Connector
1 - Active low signal, detects open security enclosure
2 - System DCC
J5 Printer Control/Data Connector
1 - Data write command signal
2 - Bit 0 data
3 - Bit 1 data
4 - Bit 2 data
5 - Bit 3 data
6 - Bit 4 data
7 - Bit 5 data
8 - Bit 6 data
9 - Bit 7 data
10 - No Connection
11 - +5 VDC printer logic power
12 - +5 VDC printer logic power
13 - No Connection
14 - System DCC, printer logic power
15 - System DCC, printer logic power
16 - System DCC, paper cutter
17 - No Connection
18 - System DCC, low paper sensor
19 - System DCC, printer power supply
20 - System DCC, printer power supply
21 - +20 VDC printer power supply
22 - +20 VDC printer power supply
23 - +24 VDC paper cutter power
24 - Relay active signal (to start paper cutter)
25 - Home position signal for paper cutter
26 - No Connection
27 - Paper low sensor (active low)
28 - Data busy (active low)
29 - Out of paper signal (active low)
30 - Data received by printer signal (active low)
31 - Printer error condition signal (active low)
32 - Reset printer signal (active low)
J6 Card Reader Connector
1 - Active low signal shows card is fully inserted
2 - Track 2 card data
3 - Active low signal shows card is moving thru unit
4 - Indicates valid Track 2 data
5 - No Connection
6 - +5 VDC (4.75 to 5.25) for card reader logic
7 - System DCC
8 - Indicates valid Track 1 data
9 - Track 1 card data
J7 Secure PIN Pad
1 - No connection
2 - +8V DC Unregulated
3 - -RS485 (inverting) differential signal
4 - +RS485 (non-inverting) differential signal
5 - Vo contrast voltage
6 - No Connection
7 - +VBatt Battery Output Voltage
8 - System DCC
9 - System DCC
Tokheim Corporation
7-16
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Controller Board Connectors Defined for Standard DPT
with TDS Plus (continued)
J9 Site Controller Port Connector
1 - System DCC
2 - System DCC
3 - +RS-485 (non-inverting) differential signal
4 - -RS-485 (inverting) differential signal
J10 UDC Port Connector
1 - System DCC
2 - System DCC
3 - +RS-485 (non-inverting) differential signal
4 - -RS-485 (inverting) differential signal
J11 Site Controller Port Connector (Gasboy Interface)
1 - System DCC
4 - Differential receive, non-inverting (Rx+)
2 - System DCC
5 - Differential transmit, non-inverting (Tx+)
3 - Differential receive, inverting (Rx-)
6 - Differential transmit, inverting (Tx-)
J12 Main Power Connector
1 - Regulated +24 VDC (23.5 to 24.5)
2 - Unregulated +8VDC (8 to 12.5)
3 - System DCC
Light Emitting Diodes (LED’s)
The LED will be on when the described signal is active
LED1 Red
Serial data is being received by the DPT from the Cash Acceptor
LED2 Green
Serial data is being transmitted by the DPT to the Cash Acceptor
LED3 Red
Diagnostic test signal defined by software
LED4 Red
Receive signal (RS-485) Secure PIN Pad J7
LED5 Green
Transmit signal (RS-485) Secure PIN Pad J7
LED6 Red
Receive signal (RS-485) Site controller port J9
LED7 Green
Transmit signal (RS-485) Site controller port J9
LED8 Red
Receive signal (RS-485) UDC port J10
LED9 Green
Transmit signal (RS-485) UDC port J10
LED10 Yellow +5VDC Logic power
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
7-17
Standard DPT
Standard DPT Diagnostics (Premier B & C)
Methods to Enter Diagnostics
The preferred method to enter diagnostics is listed first.
• Enter mode 98, followed by a keypress on the operator interface
keypad
• Jumper JU6 is connected when DPT is powered up (use only
when above method fails).
Diagnostics Entered
When diagnostics is entered, this display appears.
Press Upper Left Key
to Continue
LL = lower left
LR = lower right
UL = upper left
UR = upper right
Once the upper left key is pressed, the diagnostics main menu is displayed:
LL=Go LR=End UL=Next
Diagnostic Test Name
Instruction Header
Menu Window where main menu
choices scroll through
The top line of text remains fixed, and instructs the operator which key to press
in order to: GO do the test, END diagnostics, or scroll to the NEXT test.
Tests which require operator action will time out within
several seconds and return to the Main Menu if no
operator input occurs within the time-out period. For
example, the Card Reader Test times out in
approximately eight seconds if no operator input
occurs.
Tokheim Corporation
7-18
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Standard DPT Diagnostics (continued)
TEST
(Test Availability):
S = Standard DPT
T = Standard DPT with TDS
P = Std. DPT with TDS Plus
PROBABLE
CAUSE IF
ABNORMAL
NORMAL INDICATION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Version and checksum
(S, P)
The version number and
checksum of the DPT controller
board software is displayed.
"Version: xxxxxxxx
U13 Checksum = xxxx"
N/A
N/A
Version Number (T)
The version number of the DPT
controller board software is
displayed.
N/A
N/A
Printer Test
(S, P)
Customer display will blank,
test pattern is printed, paper is
cut
If error, display: PRINTER
ERROR
If ok, display: TEST
COMPLETE
Defective printer
Replace the printer
Printer paper release
lever is up.
Check paper release lever.
Out of paper
Check paper.
If fault still exists, replace the
DPT controller board.
Card Reader Test
(S, P)
Success or failure indicated on
DPTdisplay.
Dirty card reader
"Enter a card"
"Track 1: Ok
Track 2: Ok"
Clean card reader with Card
Reader Cleaner, part number
2-232990 (qty. 50). Available
from Tokheim Service Parts
"Remove the card"
Defective card
reader
Try card on another card
reader. Replace the card
reader. If fault still exists,
replace the DPT Controller
board.
Card inserted wrong
Insert card correctly
Keyboard Test
(S, P)
As each key is pressed, the
display shows the key #, and a
tone is heard.
Defective Keypad
Replace the keypad.
If fault still exists, replace the
DPT controller board.
Read DIP Switch
(S, T, P)
Customer display shows the
communication rates and
address settings from DIP
switch SW1.
DIP switch settings
on SW1 not set
correctly
Set DIP switches correctly. If
fault still exists, replace DPT
Controller board.
(see Switch Settings" in this
section for more information)
(example)
"Comm 1 9600 Addr 1
Comm 2 19200 Addr 1"
Watch Dog Test
(S, P)
System reset will occur. (Watch
dog enable jumper JU5 must
be connected)
Defective DPT
controller board
Replace the DPT controller
board
Display Test
(S, P)
For 5 seconds: black squares
are displayed, for next 5
seconds, numbers, and letters
are displayed.
Defective DPT
display
Replace the display.
If fault still exists, replace the
DPT controller board.
RAM Test
(S, P)
Display: RAM TEST IN
PROGRESS, followed by RAM
OK. If error: IC U5 FAILED.
Defective DPT
controller board
Check jumper settings.
Replace the DPT controller
board.
(DPT Diagnostics continued on next page)
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
7-19
Standard DPT
Standard DPT Diagnostics (continued)
TEST NAME
(Test Availability):
S = Standard DPT
T = STD DPT with TDS
P = STD DPT with TDS Plus
NORMAL INDICATION
PROBABLE CAUSE
IF ABNORMAL
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
Comm Loop-Back Test & Full
Duplex Test (S)
Message showing result is
displayed for each test. (test
cables are available through
Tokheim Service Parts)
Defective DPT
controller board
Replace the DPT
controller board.
Display Statistics
(S)
Three sets of four statistics
are shown for five seconds
each.
Defective DPT
controller board
Replace the DPT
controller board
Clear Statistics
(S)
The sets of statistics in
previous tests are set to
zero. "Stats are cleared"
Defective DPT
controller board
Replace the DPT
controller board
Print Receipt Header
(S)
Receipt header is printed
and paper is cut if header
information has been
downloaded from the POS.
Defective DPT
controller board
Replace the DPT
controller board
Comm Monitor Test
(S, P)
DPT display will indicate
status of each COMM line:
On Line or Off Line.
Defective DPT
controller board
Replace the DPT
controller board
Read Printer Sensors
(S, P)
Determines quantity of
paper in printer:
PRINTER PAPER FULL
PRINTER PAPER LOW
PRINTER PAPER OUT
Defective printer
Out of paper
Replace the printer.
Add paper. If fault still
exists, replace the
DPT controller board.
Battery-Backed RAM Test
(S, P)
Displays PASS or FAIL as
determined by the RAM test.
Defective DPT
controller board
Replace the DPT
controller board
Bill Acceptor Test
(S, P)
Accepts paper money.
Displays the value of the
money.
Returns the paper money.
Defective Cash
acceptor or DPT
controller board
Replace the cash
acceptor.
If fault still exists,
replace the DPT
controller board.
Bill Acceptor Vers
(S, P)
Shows model number and
software version number of
the cash acceptor.
Defective or
disconnected
Cash acceptor
Check cash acceptor
cables, power, and
DPT Controller board
LEDs.
Show All Messages
(S)
Press upper left key to show
messages. (Msg 1) Press
LR key to end.
Defective DPT
controller board
Replace the DPT
controller board
Injection Info
(T)
Displays injection status of
module, prompts, and
keypad definition.
Defective or missing
TED unit in network or
DPT debit module not
injected.
Replace or add TED
unit to network or
replace DPT debit
module.
Show Printer Type
(S, P)
"Tear Bar" (Premier B)
"Cutter" (Premier C)
Tokheim Corporation
7-20
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Troubleshooting Standard DPT Communication
Problems ( Premier B & C)
SYMPTOM
System cannot
communicate with
a DPT (cannot run
sales)
PROBABLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If problem appears to be with one dispenser (both sides):
Console not polling DPTs
Reinitialize Console
Defective communications
cables from model 69 box to site
controller
Use conventional troubleshooting methods to
check cable
Defective B & B connector
Replace B & B connector
DPT communications board
failure in site controller
Replace communications board in site
controller
DPT communications cable
connected to wrong port
Connect to correct port
Tokheim site controller
communications board not
seated properly
Properly seat board
Failure of one DPT, locking up all
DPTs
Remove power from DPTs one at a time
If problem appears to be with one dispenser (both sides):
Power supply failure
Replace options power supply
DPT power switches not on
Turn on DPT power switches
Model 69 box switches set offline
Set Model 69 switches to on-line
DPT was disabled, then enabled
while a download from the site
controller was in process
Wait for site controller to time out or power
down, then power up site controller
If problem appears to be with one DPT:
TDS+ debit module failure
Replace options power supply
DPT assigned wrong address
Verify that all DPTs have unique addresses
on this DPT line. Verify that SW1 address
setting and site controller programmed
addresses are the same.
DPT not activated
Activate DPT at site controller
DPT controller board failure.
Replace DPT controller board
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
7-21
Standard DPT
Troubleshooting Standard DPT Communication
Problems ( continued)
SYMPTOM
Intermittent loss of
communications
PROBABLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Noise induced into
communication lines
1. Verify dispensers, interface boxes, and
consoles are properly grounded per the
installation manual.
2. Verify all equipment is on same electrical
phase.
3. Verify DPT cable is of correct type, size,
and rating.
4. Verify ACH & ACC for lights and
electronics are separate and not crossed
wired (per Installation manual).
5. Verify connections in dispenser and
interface boxes.
DPT lockup due to lower
reliability of old level software
Upgrade DPT software
Communication dropout due to
failing protocol converter (B & B
connector)
Replace protocol converter
Improperly installed or failing
cable between interface box and
POS
Verify installation and connectors, or replace
cable
Communication dropout due to
failing component or file
corruption in POS
Reload and/or repair POS
Loss of
communication on
1/3 to 2/3 of DPTs
on site
Logical failure on controller or
POS perventing certain DPTs
from being polled by POS
Reload software and/or repair POS/controller
DPT constantly
displays "OUT OF
SERVICE" or
"PLEASE SEE
CASHIER - OUT
OF ORDER"
Network is off-line
Wait for network to come on-line
Console is in Manager's Mode
Wait for manager to exit to sales mode
Console is completing a shift
report
Wait for shift report to end
Console is not configured
correctly
Configure console correctly for this DPT
Tokheim Corporation
7-22
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Troubleshooting Standard DPT Display Problems
( Premier B & C)
SYMPTOM
DPT display is
blank
DPT display is dark
DPT display has
solid squares on the
top line of display
DPT display is
garbled
PROBABLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
No power to DPT
Check DPT power switch, circuit breaker on
options power supply, and circuit breakers
on AC distribution board
DPT display is not connected
Connect display to DPT controller
DPT display failure
Replace DPT display
Contrast is not set correctly
Check contrast adjustment
Defective TDS+ debit module
Replace debit module
Keypad failure
Turn off power, disconnect the keypad, turn
power back on:
- If the display returns to normal operation,
turn power back off and replace keypad.
- If fault still exists, reconnect keypad, and
check other possible causes.
DPT controller board failure
Replace DPT controller board
Backlight connector is not
connected to DPT
Connect backlight connector to AC
Distribution board
Contrast is not set correctly
Check contrast adjustment
Defective backlight
Replace DPT display backlight fluorescent
tube
DPT controller board failure
Replace DPT controller board
Display connector has been
jarred loose
Ensure connector is tight
Toggle DPT power switch on Options Power
Supply
Defective ribbon cable
Replace cable
DPT controller board failure
Replace DPT controller board
DPT not initialized properly
Remove DPT power, remove DPT battery
jumper, replace DPT battery jumper and
restore DPT power
DPT controller board failure
Replace DPT controller board
Defective display
Replace display
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
7-23
Standard DPT
Troubleshooting Standard DPT Operational Problems
( Premier B & C)
SYMPTOM
DPT keypad does
not work
DPT card reader
does not work
DPT will not print
receipts
Tokheim Corporation
7-24
PROBABLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
DPT keypad is not connected to
UDC display board
Connect the DPT keypad to UDC display
board
Keypad failure
Replace keypad
Defective UDC display board,
mother board, or ribbon cable
Replace defective assembly
Card reader not connected to
DPT controller board
Connect card reader to DPT controller board
Card reader failure
Replace card reader
DPT not activated
Activate DPT and let it initialize
DPT controller board failure
Replace DPT controller board
No AC power at DPT
Turn on DPT power at Options Power Supply
Paper release lever not engaged
on printer
Set printer release lever to proper position
Out of paper
Install new roll of paper
Printer connector not connected
at DPT printer or DPT contolller
board
Make proper connections at the printer or
DPT controller board
Paper jammed
Remove paper jam; if necessary, remove
paper cutter assembly
Paper not inserted correctly
Insert paper with heat sensitive side up
Did not answer YES to receipt
question
Answer YES to receipt question when it
appears
Not using heat sensitive paper
Obtain correct paper from Tokheim Service
Parts (219-470-4710)
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Troubleshooting Standard DPT Operational Problems
( continued)
SYMPTOM
Authorization
request immediately
fails
PROBABLE CAUSE
Dispenser not assigned to this
DPT
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Assign dispenser to this DPT in dispenser
assignment mode
Verify that SW1 address setting and site
controller programmed address are the
same
Authorization
request fails after a
few moments
DPT does not
prompt customers in
regard to fleet and
debit transactions
DPT controller board failure
Replace DPT controller board
Console not configured correctly
Correctly configure console for DPT sales
Network failure
Console has lost communications with
network
Fuel sale due at console
Collect sale and try again
DPT controller board failure
Replace DPT controller board
Console powered up before the
site controller was powered up
Toggle power on the console while site
controller is on
Defective site controller software
Install new site controller software
TED injected incorrectly
Replace TED unit
DPT debit module not injected
Replace DPT debit module
Site controller not enabled for
outside debit
Enable outside debit on site controller
TED not installed
Install TED in system
DPT controller board software
does not support debit functions
Replace DPT board software with TDS or
TDS Plus software
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
7-25
Standard DPT
Troubleshooting Tokheim Encryption Device (TED)
Problems
SYMPTOM
PROBABLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
CNTL red LED off,
red LED flashing
POS / Site controller not polling
DPTs
Reset the POS / Site Controller and force a
download to the DPTs
DPT red LED off,
CNTL red LED
flashing
TED unit did not download
injection information into the
DPTs
Check DPT diagnostics for correct injection
message:
Incorrect: Replace TED unit
Correct: Call ASR
Both red LEDs off
TED unit is unplugged
Check the connections on the TED unit
power cord.
Check the 110 VAC outlet for power.
INJ port green LED
off, not flashing
TED unit not injected
Replace TED unit
INJ port green LED
continues flashing
after five seconds
Attempting to load injection
information
Unplug TED unit from 110 VAC outlet, then
plug back in
Tokheim Corporation
7-26
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Changing Paper on a Tear-Bar Printer (Premier B)
Reference the illustrations below and on the next page for the following
instructions.
To prevent jamming
and to preserve print
quality, use the thermal
paper recommended
below.
From side "A":
1. Install a new paper roll in printer using the instructions found on the printer
frame.
2. After the test receipt has printed, insert the test receipt end through the
printer dial receipt slot.
3. Close and lock printer dial. Pull receipt down to tear off.
INSTRUCTIONS
PRINTER DIAL
RECEIPT SLOT
Thermal Paper Specifications
Package:
50 rolls per case
Paper type: Thermal
Part No.:
Tokheim 5-230492
Shelf life:
5 years (when stored in darkness below 25° C,
relative humidity of 65%)
The DPT printer paper can be ordered through:
Tokheim Service Parts
voice: (219) 470-4710
FAX: 1-800-866-1999
E-mail: [email protected]
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
7-27
Standard DPT
Changing Paper on a Tear-Bar Printer (continued)
Below is a rear view of the tear-bar printer showing the location and orientation
of the printer paper roll.
Tokheim Corporation
7-28
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Changing Paper on a Standard Printer (Premier C)
To prevent jamming
and to preserve print
quality, use the thermal
paper recommended
below.
1. Unlock and open the left door of the electronics enclosure with a TPX-88
key. The printer is mounted to the back of the door.
2. Push in on the two retaining tabs (‚) to remove the old paper roll.
3. Install a new paper roll with the paper coming off of the roll as shown
(ƒ).
4. Route the paper as shown and guide the edge of the paper into the printer
mechanism slot („). The printer (with power applied) will sense the
presence of the paper and pull the paper into the print mechanism. A test
receipt will be printed and delivered to the receipt chute (not shown).
5. Remove and inspect the receipt.
6. Turn the paper roll back the opposite direction to take up any slack
paper.
7. Close the door and lock it using the TPX-88 key.
ƒ
Thermal Paper Specifications
Package:
50 rolls per case
Paper type: Thermal
Part No.:
Tokheim 1-233712
Shelf life:
5 years
(when stored in
darkness below
25° C, relative
humidity of 65%)
‚
Order printer paper from:
Tokheim Service Parts
Phone: (219) 470-4710
FAX: 1-800-866-1999
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
‚
„
Tokheim Corporation
7-29
Standard DPT
Clearing a Paper Jam on a Standard Printer (Premier C)
1.
Unlock and open the left door of the electronics enclosure with a
TPX-88 key. The printer is mounted to the back of the door.
Pull the paper release lever (‚) down to allow the paper to be
removed from the printer (ƒ) and cutter („) mechanisms. The
release lever is located on the right side of the printer mechanism
as shown in the illustration below.
Push in on the two retaining tabs () and remove the paper roll.
Pull the paper holder assembly release knob (†) and rotate the
paper holder assembly to the right and up. See illustration on
next page.
Turn the printer assembly release knob (‡) counterclockwise until
loose. Carefully rotate the hinged printer assembly away from the
receipt chute (…), allowing it to rest in its full open position. The
printer mechanism and cutter mechanism is now exposed.
Rotate the cutter mechanism („) up and away from the printer
mechanism. Gently push out on the release tabs located on both sides
of the printer mechanism (ƒ) while lifting the cutter mechanism.
Carefully remove any paper found in the locations shown.
Read CAUTION note on next page.
Return the cutter („) to its original position. Rotate the printer
assembly back to its original position and secure it by turning the
printer assembly release knob (‡) clockwise until tight. Pull the
paper holder release knob (†) and rotate the paper holder assembly
back to its original position.
Reinstall the paper roll by following the instructions on the previous
page.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.


‚
ƒ
„
…
Tokheim Corporation
7-30
"feed" button – Press once to
advance paper one line. Hold to
advance paper continuously.
"cut" button – Press to cut the
paper.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Standard DPT
Clearing a Paper Jam on a Standard Printer (continued)
†
†
!
CAUTION
Do not use screwdrivers or any other tools
to remove paper from inside the printer or
cutter mechanisms. Severe damage could
occur.
‡
CAREFULLY REMOVE ANY
PIECES OF PAPER FOUND
IN THESE LOCATIONS
(SEE CAUTION ABOVE)
„
ƒ
…
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Tokheim Corporation
7-31
Standard DPT
Premier B & C Cash Acceptor
Lock Assemblies
Tokheim does not furnish lock assemblies for the Cash Acceptor in order to
assure customer security. Lock assemblies for the Cash Acceptor are available
from:
Midwest Vending Security, Inc.
3350 Secor Road
Toledo, OH 43606
(419) 534-6886
Vault:
Lock, Coded :
Lock, Cam :
Key :
60W0750T-219-M7
CT-D05
KEY-M743
Cassette:
Lock, Coded :
Lock, Cam :
Key :
60W0850T-223-M7
CT-C00
KEY-M743
A Premier B
Dispenser Head is
shown in this
illustration. Premier
C uses the same
Cash Acceptor
assembly.
421498-2 ISSUED 2/15/94
Tokheim Corporation
7-32
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Standard DPT
Premier B & C Cash Acceptor (continued)
Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier B)
1. Unlock and remove the access panel on the side opposite of the cash acceptor
you want to empty.
2. The cassette is now accessible for removal.
Cash Acceptor
Cash Acceptor
Cassette
Premier
Dispenser
Head
DPT Dial
Assembly
Cash Acceptor
Mounting Screw
Locations
Rail for
Product ID Panel
Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier B)
Refer to the illustration above and on the previous page for the following
instructions.
1. Open the DPT dial assembly to gain access to the cash acceptor mounting
hardware. Refer to the instructions in section 2 for opening the DPT dial.
2. Move the product ID panel to expose cash acceptor mounting screw:
• Remove the two Phillips screws securing the right end cap on the
product ID panel rail.
• Remove the end cap and slide the product ID panel to the right
until the hex head screw below the cash acceptor is exposed.
3. Remove the 3 hex head screws securing the cash acceptor.
4. Open the access panel on the opposite side of the dispenser and remove the
cash acceptor through this opening.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Tokheim Corporation
7-33
Standard DPT
Premier B & C Cash Acceptor (continued)
Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier C - 45" only)
1. Using a TPX 88 key, unlock and open the left door of the electronics head
(enclosure).
2. The cassette for the Cash Acceptor on the opposite side of the dispenser is
now accessible for removal.
Open left door on opposite side of dispenser
to remove cash acceptor and cassette.
Premier C Dispenser Head
Cash
Acceptor
Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier C)
Refer to the illustrations for the following instructions.
1. Open the far right door to gain access to the cash
acceptor mounting hardware.
2. Remove 3 hex washer head screws (shown
below) from the cash acceptor bracket.
3. Remove the cash acceptor from the
dispenser head (out the other side).
4. Remove 4 round-head machine
screws, lockwashers, and hex
nuts securing the bracket to
the cash acceptor.
Remove these screws first
Tokheim Corporation
7-34
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Standard DPT
Premier B & C Cash Acceptor (continued)
DIP Switches on MARS Electronics Series 3000 Bill Acceptor
Two banks of dip switches are located on the Cash Acceptor Assembly (Part #
1-321055) as shown below. Position descriptions of the dip switches are shown
in the tables below.
#1
#2
DIP SWITCH BANK #1
SW
#
ON
DIP SWITCH BANK #2
SW
#
OFF
1
$1 Bill ALLOWED
$1 Bill NOT ALLOWED
1
2
$2 Bill ALLOWED
$2 Bill NOT ALLOWED
2
3
$5 Bill ALLOWED
$5 Bill NOT ALLOWED
3
4
$10 Bill ALLOWED
$10 Bill NOT ALLOWED
4
5
$20 Bill ALLOWED
$20 Bill NOT ALLOWED
5
6
$50 Bill ALLOWED
$50 Bill NOT ALLOWED
6
7
$100 Bill ALLOWED
$100 Bill NOT ALLOWED
8
Test Mode
Normal Operating Mode
ON
OFF
See the Way Accept Table below.
Do Not Change the Factory Settings
7
Calibration Mode
Normal Operating Mode
8
Coupons Allowed
Coupons Not Allowed
WAY ACCEPT TABLE
4 WAY
1 WAY
2 WAY
4 WAY
SWITCH 1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
SWITCH 2
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
1 way = Face up, green seal first
2 way = Face up, both ways
4 way = Face Up or face down, both ways
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Tokheim Corporation
7-35
Standard DPT
Card Reader Cleaning Procedure (Premier B & C)
The Card Reader in the DPT uses a magnetic reader head (much like the one
found in a tape recorder) to read the magnetic stripe on the cards. Periodically,
this heads require maintenance, and in extremely dirty conditions MUST be
cleaned regularly. The recommended method of cleaning involves the use of a
saturated, specially constructed, disposable, cleaning card. Head cleaning MUST
be performed periodically to ensure the integrity of the data being processed, and
to reduce the need for costly service calls.
1. Obtain disposable CREDIT CARD READER CLEANER from Tokheim
Service Parts (P/N: 2-232990; box of 50).
2. Remove cleaning card from the CREDIT CARD READER CLEANER
envelope.
3. Insert cleaning card into the card reader several times. Turn the card over
each time it is inserted so the magnetic head on each side is cleaned.
4. After the cleaning card has been run through the card reader, wait long
enough to allow the cleaning card to dry.
5. Again insert the cleaning card into the reader to allow the dried cleaning card
surface to remove leftover stubborn contaminants.
6. Discard the cleaning card after use.
If a card reader problem existed and cleaning does not correct the problem,
replace the card reader assembly.
Adjusting Contrast of 4 x 20 DPT Display (Premier B & C)
DPT Display Board - Standard DPT & Standard DPT with TDS
Rear View of 4 x 20 Display Board
Connector
CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT
Turn the contrast adjustment screw
clockwise to darken the contrast and
counterclockwise to lighten the contrast.
Tokheim Corporation
7-36
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
INSIGHT DPT
Section 8:
INSIGHT™ DPT (Premier B & C)
Scope
This section includes information on diagnostic tests, troubleshooting, and
communications settings for INSIGHT DPT, INSIGHT DPT with TDS
(Tokheim Debit System), and INSIGHT DPT with TDS Plus.
General
The INSIGHT DPT allows a customer to perform cash or credit transactions
at the dispenser without entering the store or interacting with a cashier.
The Tokheim Debit System (TDS or TDS Plus) option allows the customer
to perform debit transactions at the dispenser.
The INSIGHT DPT is linked to a Site Controller via the Model 69 Interface
Box using RS-485 communication protocols. See the block diagram of the
INSIGHT DPT on page 8-3.
The following table provides the hardware and software required for the
three types of INSIGHT DPTs:
IMPORTANT
Be aware that static
electricity can result
in circuit board
failure. Precautions to
prevent static
discharge should be
taken prior to
touching a circuit
board.
Type of
Dispenser
Payment
Terminal
TED (Tokheim
Encryption Device)
unit revision number -
DPT Controller Board
number
DPT Controller
Board Software
version #
InSight DPT
Not Applicable
1-422335
MT.PQ.05.00+
Insight DPT
with TDS
R.0300
2-422335 (Rev. 174103 or
greater only - with battery)
MT.PQ.05.00+
Insight DPT
with TDS Plus
Not Applicable
1-422335
MT.PQ.05.00+
located on the UPC label on
the bottom of the TED unit
Section 8 Contents
Component List for INSIGHT DPT Assemblies (Premier B & C) ... 8-2
INSIGHT Operation in Native Mode and Graphic Mode ................ 8-2
Subassembly Orientation (Premier B) ........................................... 8-3
INSIGHT Block Diagram (Premier B & C) ..................................... 8-3
INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (Premier B & C)
LED and Test Point Locations ................................................. 8-4
Jumper and Switch Locations ................................................. 8-6
Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board ........................... 8-7
INSIGHT Board Connectors ................................................... 8-9
Graphic DPT Display Board (Premier B & C) .............................. 8-12
Keypad Keycodes (Premier B & C) ............................................. 8-13
Diagnostic Tests (Premier B & C) ................................................ 8-14
Communication Problems (Premier B & C) ................................. 8-17
DPT Display Problems (Premier B & C) ...................................... 8-18
Operational Problems (Premier B & C) ....................................... 8-20
Graphic Printer Problems (Premier B & C) .................................. 8-21
Card Reader Cleaning (Premier B & C) ...................................... 8-21
Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer (Premier B) ...................... 8-22
Clearing a Paper Jam on a Graphic Printer (Premier B) ............. 8-25
Changing Paper on an INSIGHT DPT Printer (Premier C) .......... 8-27
Clearing a Paper Jam on an INSIGHT DPT Printer (Premier C) . 8-28
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
8-1
INSIGHT DPT
Component List for INSIGHT DPT Assemblies
Includes INSIGHT DPT with TDS & TDS Plus
(Premier B & C)
INSIGHT DPT assemblies consists of a Controller board and may contain
any of the peripheral devices listed below.
• Audio Transducer (beeper)
• Card Reader
• Cash Acceptor
• Graphic Customer Display
• Graphic Customer Display with Softkeys on each side of the
Display
• Graphic Printer (3 versions)
- Printer only
- with 4x6 keypad
- with Debit Module
• Printer (with a paper cutter and low paper sensor)
INSIGHT Operation in Native Mode and Graphic Mode
Operation of the INSIGHT DPT in Native Mode or Graphic Mode is Site
Controller (POS) dependent. No dipswitch or DPT programming changes are
necessary for operation in either mode. If your POS supports graphics, the
INSIGHT DPT will automatically run in Graphic Mode.
To determine if your
POS can be upgraded
to support Graphic
Mode, please reference
your Site Controller
manual or contact
Technical Support for
the Site Controller.
1. Native Mode refers to the non-Graphic use of the INSIGHT DPT and
Receipt Printer. If your POS (Site Controller) does not support graphics,
the INSIGHT DPT will automatically run in Native Mode.
The INSIGHT graphic display will display all messages as text, using
four lines centered on the screen.
The Softkeys (ATM-style keypad buttons on each side of the display)
will not be functional in this mode. The 4-row by 6-column keypad is
used for programming when operating in Native Mode.
2. Graphic Mode refers to the ability of INSIGHT to:
•
•
•
•
Tokheim Corporation
8-2
Utilize all nine text lines of the 5.7" screen rather than just
four.
Display graphics by using one or more of the 15 animations
stored in INSIGHT or by displaying graphics downloaded by
the site controller/POS.
Print graphics on the graphic printer, including company
logos and bar codes.
Operate in an ATM style of operation by letting the customer
select/make purchase decisions using the softkeys located on
each side of the display panel.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
INSIGHT DPT
Subassembly Orientation (Premier B)
For Premier C
Subassembly
Orientation, see
Section 7. INSIGHT
components are
located in the same
area as the standard
components.
INSIGHT Block Diagram (Premier B & C)
TO POS / SITE
CONTROLLER
320x240
B&W Graphic
Display
PRINTER
CASH
ACCEPTOR
J5
J9
TED
UNIT
GRAPHIC DPT
BOARD
1-422335
69 INTERFACE BOX
J16
DISPENSER
SIDE "B"
J9
J3
J6
CARD
READER
J7
GRAPHIC DPT
BOARD
1-422335
J2
4x6
Keypad
J4
4 line x
20 Character
Display
BUZZER
J16
J17
MOTHER BOARD
ASSEMBLY
J10
DISPENSER
SIDE "A"
TDS Plus DEBIT MODULE
Security
Shield
J10
Debit
Board
J3
AC Power from
AC Distribution Board
J12
J1
J13
J14
J5
J15
J3
J8
240V
J4
J1
J5
4x6
Kepad
1x5
SoftKeys
1x5
SoftKeys
Connection to the
keypad is through
the dispenser
display board
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
OPTIONS
POWER
SUPPLY
J1
J7
120V
TRANSFORMER
J6
J2
To Circuit Breakers
Blender Power
Tokheim Corporation
8-3
INSIGHT DPT
INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (Premier B & C)
LED and Test Point Locations
The picture below shows its orientation of the INSIGHT DPT controller
board when installed in the dispenser.
Refer to the next page for descriptions of the LEDs and Test Points.
SW1
LEDS
7
6
5
4
LED3
LED8
LEDS
2
1
9
10
JU2
JU5
JU7
BATTERY
P7
GND
P6
+5V
Tokheim Corporation
8-4
P5
+8V
P4
P3
+12V +24V
P2
BAT
P1
-5V
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
INSIGHT DPT
INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (Premier B & C)
LEDs and Test Points Defined (Premier B & C)
Status LEDs
Diagnostic LEDs
LE D
NUMBER
LE D
COLOR
SIGNAL DESCRIPTION
1
Red
Cash Acceptor (J3) serial data
received by DPT
2
Green
Cash Acceptor (J3) serial data
transmitted by DPT
3
Red
CPU Status (Software defined)
4
Red
Site Controller communications (J9)
Receivedata signal
5
Green
Site Controller communications (J9)
Transmit data signal
6
Red
UDC communications (J5) Receive
data signal
7
Green
UDC communications (J5) Transmit
data signal
8
Yellow
+5 VDC Power
9
Green
Debit Module (J7) Transmit data
signal
10
Red
Debit Module (J7) Receive data
signal
Test Points
TEST POINT
LABEL
VOLTAGE RANGE
P1
-5 VDC
-4.75 VDC to -5.0 VDC
Display Contrast
P2
VBATT
DPT Power ON: approx. = TP6
DPT Power OFF: +3 VDC to +3.4 VDC
Backup Battery Power
P3
+24 VDC
+23.5 VDC to +24.5 VDC
Graphic Printer Power
P4
+12 VDC
+11.4 VDC to +12.6 VDC
Beeper Power
P5
+8 VDC
+7.25 VDC to +11 VDC
Input to Board Power Regulator
P6
+5 VDC
+4.75 VDC to +5.25 VDC
Output from Board Power Regulator
P7
GND
0 VD C
System DCC
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
USED FOR:
Tokheim Corporation
8-5
INSIGHT DPT
Jumper and Switch Locations
SW1
JU2
BATTERY
JU5
JU7
Depressing SW2
initiates a hard reset to
the controller board
processor and causes
the dipswitch settings of
SW1 to be read.
SW2
Jumper Settings
JUMPER
The shaded
areas indicate
factory settings.
DESCRIPTION
PINS 1 & 2
OPEN
DIAGNOSTICS
NORMAL
OPERATION
JU2
FACTORY USE ONLY
JU5
WATCHDOG*
ENABLED
DISABLED
JU7
POWER FAIL DETECT
ENABLED
DISABLED
Examples of Jumpers
1 2
1
2
OPEN JUMPER
ENABLED JUMPER
1 2 3
JUMPER ON
PINS 1 & 2
*Watchdog is the power supervision of the controller board and should be
enabled
Tokheim Corporation
8-6
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
INSIGHT DPT
Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board
SW1 Switch Settings
INSIGHT Communication Rate Settings
SW1: Positions 1 and 8
RS-485 Communication Rate
UDC Port Comm 2
The shaded
areas indicate
factory settings.
Site Controller Port Comm 1
SW1
Position 1
Comm Rate
(BPS)
SW1
Position 8
Comm Rate
(BPS)
ON
19,200
ON
19,200
OFF
9600
OFF
9600
INSIGHT / Dispenser Side Setting
SW1: Position 2
InSight DPT / Dispenser Side Setting
Factory settings:
Side A INSIGHT™ controller
board has position 2 set
to ON
Side B INSIGHT™ controller
board has position 2 set
to OFF
SW1 Position 2
Dispenser Side
ON
A
OFF
B
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
8-7
INSIGHT DPT
Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board
(continued)
INSIGHT Address Setting for Site Controller Port COMM 1
SW1: Positions 3 thru 7
SWITCH POSITION #
IMPORTANT!
The INSIGHT Address
Setting MUST MATCH
the Dispenser Address
set in dispenser
programming.
Verify that it is correct
upon start-up.
Refer to pages 8-6 for SW1
location.
3
4
5
6
7
ADDRESS
(1-16)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
1
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
2
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
3
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
4
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
5
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
6
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
7
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
8
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
9
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
10
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
11
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
12
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
13
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
14
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
15
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
16
SWITCH POSITION #
Tokheim Corporation
8-8
3
4
5
6
7
ADDRESS
(17-32)
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
17
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
18
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
19
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
20
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
21
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
22
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
23
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
24
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
25
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
26
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
27
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
28
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
29
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
30
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
31
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
32
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
INSIGHT DPT
Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board
(continued)
INSIGHT Board Connectors
J15
J14
J10
J9
J5
J3
J16
J7
J6
J2
J4
J12
J1
J1 Beeper Connector
1) Regulated +12 VDC
2) Beeper On/Off
J2 Battery Connection
1) +5 VDC (4.75 to 5.25 VDC)
2) System DCC
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
8-9
INSIGHT DPT
Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board
(continued)
INSIGHT Board Connectors
J3 Cash Acceptor Connector
1) DCC (for opto isolation)
2) +5 VDC (for opto isolation)
3) Transmit serial data
4) Receive serial data
J4 Cash Acceptor Switch Sensor Connector
1) Security enclosure switch detect (low = open security enclosure)
2) System DCC
J5 Printer Control/Data Connector
1) Data Write command signal
2) Data signal, bit 0
3) Data signal, bit 1
4) Data signal, bit 2
5) Data signal, bit 3
6) Data signal, bit 4
7) Data signal, bit 5
8) Data signal, bit 6
9) Data signal, bit 7
10) No Connection
11) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25 printer power)
12) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25 printer power)
13) No Connection
14) DCC for printer power
15) DCC for printer power
16) Graphic Printer Detect
17) DCC
18) DCC
19) DCC (printer power supply)
20) DCC (printer power supply)
21) +20 VDC (19.75 to 20.5, printer p.s.)
22) +20 VDC (19.75 to 20.5, printer p.s.)
23) No Connection
24) No Connection
25) No Connection
26) +5 VDC* (low paper sensor, anode)
27) Low Paper Sensor** (active low signal)
28) Busy Printer (active low signal)
29) Paper Out Sensor (active low signal)
30) Data Received (active low signal)
31) Printer Error Condition (active low signal)
32) Reset Printer (active low signal)
J6 Magstripe Card Reader Connector
1) Card fully inserted (active low signal)
2) Track 2 card data
3) Card present in reader (active low signal)
4) Valid track 2 card data
5) No Connection
6) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25)
7) System DCC
8) Valid track 1 card data
9) Track 1 card data
J7 DEM Connector (Data Encryption Module, also called Debit Module)
1) No Connection
6) No Connection
2) +8 VDC (7.5 - 15; 10 typical)
7) Not Used
3) -RS485 Communication
8) System DCC
4) +RS485 Communication
9) System DCC
5) LCD Contrast voltage (-5 VDC)
J9 Site Controller RS485 Connector
1) System DCC
2) System DCC
Tokheim Corporation
8-10
3) +RS485 Communication
4) -RS485 Communication
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
INSIGHT DPT
Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board
(continued)
INSIGHT Board Connectors
J10 UDC Connector
1) System DCC
2) System DCC
3) +RS485 Communication
4) -RS485 Communication
J12 Main Power Connector
1) Regulated +24 VDC (23.5 - 24.5)
2) Not used, voltage ranges from 8 to 12.5 VDC
3) System DCC
J13 4 X 6 Keypad Connector
1) System DCC
2) System DCC
3) No Connection
4) No Connection
5) Column # 1
6) Column # 2
7) Column # 3
8) Column # 4
9) Row # 1
10) Row # 2
11) Row # 3
12) Row # 4
13) Row # 5
14) Row # 6
15) Column # 1
16) Column # 2
17) Column # 3
18) Column # 4
J14 4X6 Keyboard Connector
1) System DCC
2) Keypad present
3) Row # 4
4) Row # 5
5) Row # 6
6) Row # 7
7) Column # 0
8) Column # 1
9) Column # 2
10) Column # 3
11) Column # 4
12) Column # 5
J15 Softkeys Connector
1) System DCC
2) System DCC
3) Right Side Softkeys Present signal
4) Left Side Softkeys Present signal
5) Row # 4
6) Row # 3
7) Row # 2
8) Row # 1
9) Row # 0
10) Column # 7
J16 B & W Graphics Display Connector
1) Scan Start Pulse
2) Latch Pulse
3) Bit Clock
4) Frame signal
5) Adjustable Contrast Control voltage
6) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25)
7) Contrast voltage supplied by display
8) System DCC
9) -25 VDC
10) Data bit 0
11) Data bit 1
12) Data bit 2
13) Data bit 3
14) Display ON/OFF control
15) System DCC
16) B & W Graphics Display Present signal
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
11) Row # 4
12) Row # 3
13) Row # 2
14) Row # 1
15) Row # 0
16) Column # 6
Tokheim Corporation
8-11
INSIGHT DPT
Adjusting Contrast of Graphic Display
Turn the contrast adjustment screw on the back of the display:
• clockwise to darken the contrast
• counter-clockwise to lighten the contrast
J1
A miniature,
insulated, straightblade screwdriver is
suggested for
adjusting the
contrast on the
INSIGHT DPT
display board.
CONTRAST
ADJUSTMENT
REAR VIEW OF INSIGHT DPT DISPLAY BOARD
J1 B & W Graphics Display Connector
1) Scan Start Pulse
2) Latch Pulse
3) Bit Clock
4) Frame signal
5) Adjustable Contrast Control voltage
6) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25)
7) Contrast voltage supplied by display
8) System DCC
Tokheim Corporation
8-12
CONNECTS
TO J16 ON
GRAPHIC DPT
BOARD
9) -25 VDC
10) Data bit 0
11) Data bit 1
12) Data bit 2
13) Data bit 3
14) Display ON/OFF control
15) System DCC
16) B & W Graphics Display Present signal
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
INSIGHT DPT
INSIGHT DPT Keypad Keycodes (Premier B & C)
Keycodes for the various INSIGHT Keypads are shown below. During any
Keypad Test, when a keypad button is pressed, a keycode is displayed. These
“maps” show the keycodes you should see when a keypad button is pressed.
OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD NUMBERS
(KEYPAD NUMBERS 7 & 19 ARE NOT USED)
6
5
4
3
2
12
11
10
9
8
18
17
16
15
14
24
23
22
21
20
Remote Keypad Layout
If your dispenser is equipped with
this keypad, the keycodes for the
keypad buttons are shown at left.
1
13
INSIGHT DPT SOFTKEYS KEY NUMBERS
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Softkey Keypad Layout
If your dispenser is equipped
with this display/keypad, the
keycodes for the associated
softkeys are shown at left.
Tokheim Corporation
8-13
INSIGHT DPT
INSIGHT DPT Diagnostics (Premier B & C)
Methods to Enter Diagnostics
The preferred method to enter diagnostics is listed first.
• Enter mode 98 followed by a key press on the operator
interface keypad
• Press a softkey while turning on power to the dispenser (use
only when above method fails)
• Jumper JU2 is connected when INSIGHT is powered up (use
only when above method fails)
Diagnostics Entered
When diagnostics is entered, this display appears.
Display Version Number
<-- Next
<-- Previous
<-- Execute
<-- Exit
Tokheim Corporation
8-14
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
INSIGHT DPT
INSIGHT DPT Diagnostics (continued)
Tests which require
operator action will
time out within several
seconds and return to
the Main Menu if no
operator input occurs
within the time-out
period. For example,
the Card Reader Test
times out in
approximately eight
seconds if no operator
input occurs.
TEST
NAME
NORMAL INDICATION
PROBABLE CAUSE
IF ABNORMAL
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
Display Version No.
Version number of DPT
Controller board is
displayed
"PROM Vers: xxxxxxxx"
N/A
N/A
Printer Test
DPT display will blank,
24 lines of test pattern,
19 blank lines, paper is
cut, 2 blank lines. (If
error, display:
PRINTER ERROR; if
ok, display: TEST
COMPLETE).
Defective printer
Replace the printer
Out of paper
Check paper
If fault still exists,
replace the DPT
Controller board
Success or failure is
indicated on DPT
display:
Dirty card reader
Clean card reader with
Card Reader Cleaner,
pt. no. 2-232990 (qty.
50) available from
Service Parts
Defective card
reader
Try card on another
card reader. Replace
the card reader. If fault
still exists, replace the
DPT Controller board
Card inserted wrong
Insert card correctly
Card Reader Test
"Enter a card"
"Remove a card"
"Track 1: Ok
Track 2: Ok"
Keyboard Test
(4x6 keypad, TDS
keypad, or NonDebit Softkeys)
"Press a key"
As each key is
pressed, the display
shows the key #, and a
tone sounds.
Defective keypad
Replace the keypad.
If fault still exists,
replace the DPT
Controller board.
Graphic Display
Test
Display all 8s for 5
seconds
Defective display
Replace the display.
If fault still exists,
replace the DPT
Controller board.
RAM Test
Displays RAM TEST IN
PROGRESS, followed
by RAM OK. If an error
is detected, displays IC
U5 FAILED
Defective DPT
Controller board
Replace the DPT
Controller board.
Bill Acceptor Test
Accepts paper money
Displays the value
Returns the paper
money
Defective Cash
Acceptor or DPT
Controller board
Replace Cash
Acceptor or
Replace DPT
Controller board
Comm Monitor Test
Display indicates
status of each COMM
line: On Line or Off Line
Defective DPT
Controller board
Replace the DPT
Controller board
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
8-15
INSIGHT DPT
INSIGHT DPT Diagnostics (continued)
TEST
NAME
Tests which
require operator
action (i.e. Card
Reader Test) will
time out and
return to the
Main Menu if no
operator input
occurs within the
time-out period.
Tokheim Corporation
8-16
Read DIP Switch
NORMAL INDICATION
DPT display shows the
communication rates and
address settings by the
switch:
PROBABLE CAUSE
IF ABNORMAL
CORRECTIVE ACTION
DIP switches not set
correctly
Set DIP switches
correctly. If fault still
exists, replace DPT
Controller board.
(see "Configuring
INSIGHT DPT Controller
Board" in this section for
more information)
(example)
"Comm 1 9600 Addr 1
Comm 2 19200 Addr 1"
Debit Display Test
(TDS Plus only)
Displays small black
squares for 5 seconds;
digits; main menu 5
seconds later
Defective display on
TDS Plus Debit
Module
Replace TDS Plus
Module
Debit Keyboard Test
(TDS Plus only)
Press each key; key
number displayed on debit
display; alert tone sounds
Defective Keyboard on
TDS Plus Module
Replace TDS Plus
Module
Watch Dog Test
(Watch dog enable jumper
JU5 must be connected).
System reset will occur.
DPT Controller board
Replace the DPT
Controller board.
Display Test (4x20)
Currently not supported
N/A
N/A
Display Checksum,
Displays checksum for the
EPROM on CPU board
DPT Controller board
Replace the DPT
Controller board
Read Printer Sensors
Displays the quantity of
paper in the printer:
PRINTER PAPER FULL
PRINTER PAPER LOW
PRINTER PAPER OUT
Printer may be out of
paper
Defective printer,
cable, or DPT
Controller.
Add paper to the printer
Batt Back RAM Test
Displays PASS or FAIL as
determined by the RAM
test
Bill Acceptor Vers
Shows model number and
software version number of
the cash acceptor
Show Printer Type
"Tear Bar" (Premier B)
"Cutter" (Premier C)
Show Configuration
Injection Status
DPT Controller board
Replace printer, cable, or
DPT Controller.
Replace the DPT
Controller board
Defective or
disconnected Cash
Acceptor
Check Cash Acceptor
cabling, power, and DPT
Controller board LEDs
Displays a list of DPT
options with the keywords
YES or NO:
YES = option is present
NO = option is not present
Informative Test
N/A
Displays injection status of
module, prompts, and
keypad definition.
Defective or missing
TED module in
network or DPT board
not injected
Replace or add TED
module to network or
replace DPT Controller
board
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
INSIGHT DPT
Troubleshooting INSIGHT DPT Communication
Problems (Premier B & C)
SYMPTOM
System cannot
communicate with
the INSIGHT DPT
(cannot run sales)
PROBABLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If problem appears to be with more than one dispenser:
Console not polling INSIGHT
DPTs
Reinitialize Console
Defective communications
cables from Model 69 box to site
controller
Use conventional troubleshooting methods to
check cable
DPT communications board
failure in site controller
Replace communications board in site
controller
DPT communications cable
connected to wrong port
Connect to correct port
Tokheim site controller
communications board not
seated properly
Properly seat board
Failure of one DPT, locking up all
DPTs
Remove power from DPTs one at a time
If problem appears to be with one dispenser (both sides):
Power supply failure
Replace options power supply
INSIGHT DPT power switches
not on
Turn on INSIGHT DPT power switches
Model 69 box switches set offline
Set Model 69 switches to on-line
INSIGHT DPT was disabled, then
enabled while a download from
the site controller was in process
Wait for site controller to time out or power
down, then power up site controller
If problem appears to be with one INSIGHT DPT:
INSIGHT DPT assigned wrong
address
Verify that all DPTs have unique addresses
on this DPT line. Verify that SW1 address
setting and site controller programmed
addresses are the same.
INSIGHT DPT not activated
Activate INSIGHT DPT at site controller
INSIGHT DPT controller board
failure.
Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
8-17
INSIGHT DPT
Troubleshooting INSIGHT DPT Communication
Problems (continued)
SYMPTOM
Intermittent loss of
communications
PROBABLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Noise induced into
communication lines
1. Verify dispensers, interface boxes, and
consoles are properly grounded per the
installation manual.
2. Verify all equipment is on same electrical
phase.
3. Verify DPT cable is of correct type, size,
and rating.
4. Verify ACH & ACC for lights and
electronics are separate and not crossed
wired (per Installation manual).
5. Verify connections in dispenser and
interface boxes.
DPT lockup due to lower
reliability of old level software
Upgrade DPT software
Communication dropout due to
failing protocol converter (B & B
connector)
Replace protocol converter
Improperly installed or failing
cable between interface box and
POS
Verify installation and connectors, or replace
cable
Communication dropout due to
failing component or file
corruption in POS
Reload and/or repair POS
Loss of
communication on
1/3 to 2/3 of DPTs
on site
Logical failure on controller or
POS perventing certain DPTs
from being polled by POS
Reload software and/or repair POS/controller
INSIGHT DTP
constantly displays
"PAY AT PUMP
OPTION NOT
AVAIL. NOW
PLEASE SEE
CASHIER"
INSIGHT Controller board failure
Replace INSIGHT Controller board
Network is off-line
Wait for network to come on-line
Console is in manager mode
Wait for manager to exit to sales mode
Console is doing a shift report
Wait for shift report to end
Console is not configured
correctly
Configure console correctly for this INSIGHT
DPT
See "System cannot
communicate..." on previous
page
Tokheim Corporation
8-18
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
INSIGHT DPT
Troubleshooting INSIGHT DPT Display Problems
(Premier B & C)
SYMPTOM
INSIGHT DPT
display is blank
INSIGHT DPT
display is dark
INSIGHT DPT
display is garbled
PROBABLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
No power to INSIGHT DPT
Check DPT power switch, circuit breaker on
options power supply, and circuit breakers
on AC distribution board
INSIGHT DPT display is not
connected
Connect display to INSIGHT DPT controller
INSIGHT DPT display failure
Replace INSIGHT DPT display
Contrast is not set correctly
Check contrast adjustment
Defective TDS+ debit module
Replace debit module
Keypad failure
Turn off power, disconnect the keypad, turn
power back on:
- If the display returns to normal operation,
turn power back off and replace keypad.
- If fault still exists, reconnect keypad, and
check other possible causes.
INSIGHT DPT controller board
failure
Replace DPT controller board
Backlight connector is not
connected to INSIGHT DPT
Connect backlight connector to AC
Distribution board
Contrast is not set correctly
Check contrast adjustment
Defective backlight
Replace INSIGHT DPT display backlight
fluorescent tube
INSIGHT DPT controller board
failure
Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board
INSIGHT DPT not initialized
properly
Remove power from INSIGHT DPT and
restore power to INSIGHT DPT
INSIGHT display board failure
Replace display board
INSIGHT DPT controller board
failure
Replace DPT controller board
Check diagnostics to verify that the problem
is not with the site contoller
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
8-19
INSIGHT DPT
Troubleshooting INSIGHT Operational Problems
(Premier B & C)
SYMPTOM
INSIGHT 4 x 6
keypad on printer
dial (if installed)
does not work
INSIGHT card
reader does not
work
INSIGHT graphic
printer will not print
receipts
or
INSIGHT graphic
printer did not print
test receipt after
changing paper
Tokheim Corporation
8-20
PROBABLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INSIGHT keypad is not
connected to UDC display board
Connect the DPT keypad to UDC display
board
Keypad failure
Replace keypad
Defective UDC display board,
mother board, or ribbon cable
Check diagnostics to verify problem is not
the site controller
Old version software on INSIGHT
controller
Upgrade software
Card reader not connected to
INSIGHT DPT controller board
Connect card reader to DPT controller board
Card reader failure or dirty
Clean or replace card reader
INSIGHT DPT not activated
Activate INSIGHT DPT and let it initialize
INSIGHT DPT controller board
failure
Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board
No AC power at INSIGHT DPT
Turn on INSIGHT DPT power at Options
Power Supply
Paper release lever not engaged
on printer
Set printer release lever to proper position
Out of paper
Install new roll of paper
Printer connector not connected
at INSIGHT DPT printer or
INSIGHT DPT controller board
Make proper connections at the printer or
INSIGHT DPT controller board
Paper jammed
Remove paper jam; if necessary, remove
paper cutter assembly
Paper not inserted correctly
Insert paper with heat sensitive side up
Did not answer YES to receipt
question
Answer YES to receipt question when it
appears
Not using heat sensitive paper
Obtain correct paper from Tokheim Service
Parts (219-470-4710)
Printer failure
Replace printer
INSIGHT DPT controller board
failure
Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
INSIGHT DPT
Troubleshooting INSIGHT Operational Problems
(continued)
SYMPTOM
Softkeys keypad
does not work
Authorization
request immediately
fails
Authorization
request fails after a
few moments
DPT does not
prompt customers in
regard to fleet and
debit transactions
PROBABLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Keypad not connected to DPT
Controller board at connector
J15
Connect to J15
Keypad not connected to keypad
harness
Connect keypad to harness
Site controller has not enabled
the softkeys
Verify keypad operation in diagnostic mode
Mode 29 not programmed
correctly
See mode 29 in Premier Programming
manual
Dispenser not assigned to this
INSIGHT DPT
At the site controller, assign dispenser to this
INSIGHT DPT in dispenser assignment
mode.
Verify that SW1 address setting and site
controller programmed address are the
same.
Verify communications in diagnostics mode.
INSIGHT controller board failure
Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board
Console not configured correctly
Correctly configure console for INSIGHT DPT
sales
Network failure
Console has lost communications with
network
Fuel sale due at console
Collect sale and try again
DPT controller board failure
Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board
Console powered up before the
site controller was powered up
Toggle power on the console while site
controller is on
Defective site controller software
Install new site controller software
TED injected incorrectly
Replace TED unit
DPT debit module not injected
Replace DPT debit module
Site controller not enabled for
outside debit
Enable outside debit on site controller
TED not installed
Install TED in system
DPT controller board software
does not support debit functions
Replace DPT board software with TDS or
TDS Plus software
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
8-21
INSIGHT DPT
Card Reader Cleaning (Premier B & C)
The Card Reader in the INSIGHT uses a magnetic reader head (much like the
kind found in tape recorders) to read the magnetic stripe on the cards.
Periodically, this head requires maintenance, and in extremely dirty
conditions MUST be cleaned regularly. The recommended method of
cleaning involves the use of a saturated, specially constructed, disposable,
cleaning card. Head cleaning MUST be done periodically to ensure the
integrity of the data being processed, and to reduce the need for costly and
time-consuming service calls.
Order credit card
cleaners from:
Tokheim Service Parts
Phone: (219) 470-4710
FAX: 1-800-866-1999
Case of 50
Part Number 2-232990
1. Obtain a disposable CREDIT CARD READER CLEANER from
Tokheim Service Parts.
2. Remove cleaning card from the CREDIT CARD READER
CLEANER envelope.
3. Insert and remove the cleaning card (fiber side towards the magnetic
head) in the card reader several times.
4. After the cleaning card has been run through the card reader, wait long
enough to allow the cleaning card to dry.
5. When dry, again insert the cleaning card into the reader to allow the dry
cleaning card surface to remove leftover stubborn contaminants.
6. Discard the cleaning card after use.
In the event that cleaning does not solve the problem, replace the card
reader assembly.
Tokheim Corporation
8-22
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
INSIGHT DPT
Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer – Premier B
1. Insert the TPX-88 key and turn
clockwise to unlock the printer dial.
Gently pull on the top of the printer
dial, allowing it to swing forward.

2. Tip the paper holder back as shown.
Remove the old paper roll and
spindle (picture ).
3. Put the new paper roll onto the
spindle as shown below left (picture
‚). It is very important which way
the paper comes off the roll.
“
4. Replace the paper roll and spindle to
the spindle holder slots (picture ƒ) routing
the paper path as shown.
ƒ
Paper for the graphic printer
must be ordered from:
Tokheim Corporation
Service Parts Division
P.O. Box 663
Fremont, IN 46737
‚
Part Number: 7-230492
(50-roll case)
Phone: 219-470-4710
Fax: 1-800-866-1999
„
5. Fold the loose end of the paper roll
½" onto itself. Guide the folded
edge of the paper into the slot
shown in picture „.
6. The printer will sense the presence
of the paper and pull the paper into
the print mechanism. A test receipt
will be printed and delivered to the
receipt chute.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
8-23
INSIGHT DPT
Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer – Premier B
(continued)
…
7. While rotating the paper
holder back into the locked
position, spin the paper roll
to take up the slack paper
(shown in picture …).
8. Close Printer Dial. Turn the TPX-88 key counterclockwise to lock.
9. Open the receipt door and remove the
receipt as shown in picture †. The test
receipt should look similar to the one
shown in picture ‡.
†
‡
Tokheim Corporation
8-24
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
INSIGHT DPT
Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer – Premier B
(continued)
Rear view of the Graphic Printer showing location and orientation of the
printer paper roll.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
8-25
INSIGHT DPT
Clearing a Paper Jam on a Graphic Printer – Premier B
1. Insert the TPX-88 key and turn
clockwise to unlock the printer
dial. Gently pull on the top of
the printer dial, allowing it to
swing forward (picture ).

‚
2. Lightly push down on the tab as shown in
picture ‚. This is a friction fit, so it won't
take much to get it loose.
3. Swing the printer assembly away from the Printer Dial (picture ƒ). This
allows access to the paper jam.
ƒ
CIRCLED SLOTS REFER TO STEP 6.
Tokheim Corporation
8-26
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
INSIGHT DPT
Clearing a Paper Jam on a Graphic Printer – Premier B
(continued)
PRINTER
PAPER RELEASE
LEVER
„
4. If the paper jam is
between the cutter and
the print mechanism, lift
the paper release lever
shown in picture „ and
raise the print
mechanism. This allows
the paper to slide through
the print mechanism as
shown in picture ….
CUTTER
…
5. After the jam has been
cleared, reinstall paper
into the printer following
the directions for paper
roll replacement.
6. Return the
printer towards
the printer dial.
While doing
so, make sure
that the tabs
shown in
picture †
slides into the
slots as shown
in picture ƒ
(previous page,
step 3) and
picture ‡ above right.
†
SLOT
TAB
7. Two buttons are provided to assist
with paper handling. The Feed
Button, when pressed
momentarily, will advance the
receipt paper one line. If the Feed
Button is held down, the receipt
paper will continuously feed until
the button is released. The Feed/
Cut Button, when pressed, will
print a test receipt, cut the paper,
and deliver the test receipt to the
receipt chute.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
‡
ˆ
FEED BUTTON
FEED / CUT BUTTON
Tokheim Corporation
8-27
INSIGHT DPT
Changing Paper on an INSIGHT™ DPT Printer –
Premier C
To prevent jamming
and to preserve print
quality, use the
thermal paper
recommended below.
1. Unlock and open the left door of the electronics enclosure with a TPX-88
key. The printer is mounted to the back of the door.
2. Pull out on the two retaining tabs (‚) to remove the old paper roll.
3. Install a new paper roll with the paper coming off of the roll as shown
(ƒ).
4. Route the paper as shown and guide the edge of the paper into the printer
mechanism slot („). The printer (with power applied) will sense the
presence of the paper and pull the paper into the print mechanism. A test
receipt will be printed and delivered to the receipt chute (not shown).
5. Remove and inspect the receipt.
6. Turn the paper roll back the opposite direction to take up any slack paper.
7. Close the door and lock it using the TPX-88 key.
Thermal Paper Specifications:
Package:
50 rolls per case
Paper type:
Thermal
Part No.:
Tokheim 7-230492
Shelf life:
5 years
(when stored in
darkness below
25° C, relative
humidity of 65%)
Order printer paper from:
Tokheim Service Parts
Phone: (219) 470-4710
FAX: 1-800-866-1999
‚
‚
ƒ
„
Tokheim Corporation
8-28
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
INSIGHT DPT
Clearing a Paper Jam on an INSIGHT DPT Printer –
Premier C
1.
Unlock and open the left door of the electronics enclosure with a
TPX-88 key. The printer is located on the back of the door.
Push the paper release lever () down and pull the paper up
from the printer (‚) and cutter (ƒ) mechanisms. The release
lever is located to the right side of the printer mechanism as
shown below.
Pull the top of the receipt chute („) toward you so that it rests in
a fully open position as shown on the next page.
Rotate the cutter mechanism (ƒ) down.
Inspect the printer and the cutter mechanism for paper jams.
Carefully remove any paper found in the locations shown.
2.
3.
4.
5.
!
CAUTION
Do not use screwdrivers or any other tools to remove
paper from inside the printer or cutter mechanisms.
Severe damage could occur.
6.
Return the printer and cutter mechanisms to their original
position. Rotate the receipt chute back to its original position.
Reinstall the paper by following the instructions on the
previous page.
7.
‚
ƒ

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
"FEED" button – Press once to
advance paper one line. Hold to
advance paper continuously.
"F/CUT" button – Press to print, cut,
and deliver a test receipt to the receipt
chute.
Tokheim Corporation
8-29
INSIGHT DPT
Clearing a Paper Jam on an INSIGHT DPT Printer –
Premier C (continued)
!
CAUTION
Do not use screwdrivers or any other tools to
remove paper from inside the printer or cutter
mechanisms. Severe damage could occur.
‚
ƒ
‚
ƒ
„
„
CAREFULLY
REMOVE ANY
PIECES OF
PAPER FOUND IN
THESE
LOCATIONS
(SEE CAUTION
ABOVE)
‚
ƒ
„
Tokheim Corporation
8-30
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
MaxVac System
Section 9: MaxVac Vapor Recovery System
(Premier B & C)
Scope
This section provides information about the general operation of the Tokheim
MaxVac Vapor Recovery System. It is important that you understand the
requirements of the system before you attempt to operate or maintain the
equipment. Diagnostic and Technical procedures should ONLY be performed by
a Tokheim Authorized Service Representative (ASR).
Theory of Operation
Generally, the Tokheim MaxVac Vapor Recovery System operates by providing
vacuum to the vapor recovery plumbing which is in direct proportion to the fuel
delivery rate of the dispenser. In doing so, a vacuum is produced at the nozzle
spout which will pull in vapors (produced within the unsealed vehicle fuel tank
fill pipe) before they can escape into the atmosphere. In this way the system
efficiently manages the fuel vapors without the need of a cumbersome, bellowsstyle nozzle.
The drawing on the next page depicts the overall system. The flow pattern of the
vapors produced during fueling operation are indicated as they are directed into
the storage system.
Section 9 Contents
Underground Tank & Piping Diagram ............................................ 9-2
Nozzle / Vehicle Fill Pipe ................................................................ 9-3
MaxVac System Components ........................................................ 9-3
MaxVac System Certification Requirements .................................. 9-4
MaxVac System Tests ................................................................... 9-4
Problems at Power-Up? ................................................................ 9-5
MaxVac Error LEDs ....................................................................... 9-6
MaxVac Multiplex Board ................................................................ 9-8
MaxVac Blend Control Board ......................................................... 9-9
MaxVac Power Supply Board ...................................................... 9-10
MaxVac Motor Control Board ........................................................ 9-11
MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board ............................................... 9-13
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
9-1
MaxVac System
Tokheim Corporation
9-2
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
MaxVac System
Nozzle/Vehicle Fill Pipe
This drawing shows that the vapors are drawn into the nozzle through the radial
openings in the spout end.
Nozzle Efficiency
Compliance Device
(ECD)
Radial Spout Holes
(Vacuum Ports)
Vehicle Fill Pipe
Fill Pipe Baffle and Filler Neck Vent Holes
Vapors generated during fill
MaxVac System Components
The fuel vapors are drawn into the system by means of the vacuum created by the
motor pump located in the dispenser raceway. The vapors are then conducted
through the pump, combined with vapors from the other side of the dispenser,
and are pumped down and through the piping, into the top of the underground
storage tanks (UST).
Electrically Driven Variable
Speed Vapor Pump
Vacuum Pump Outlet
M
l
r
Vacuum
Pump
Inlet
Adapter Break-A-Way, Coaxial
Hoses and "Bootless" Nozzle
See Nozzle drawing above
MaxVac
Electronics
Tokheim Premier Dispenser
Direction of Vapors
Vapor Return Line to storage System
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
9-3
MaxVac System
MaxVac System Certification Requirements
To insure that the MaxVac vapor recovery system remains in compliance with
California Air Resources Board (CARB) certification requirements, please refer
to the CARB Executive Order G-70-154. The CARB Executive Order includes
the following information:
• Exhibit 1 - List of the equipment certified for use with the
MaxVac system (#0431)
• Exhibit 2 - Installation and performance specifications for
the system (#0432)
• Exhibit 3 - Procedure for testing the static pressure integrity
of the vapor recovery system (#0433)
• Exhibit 4 - Ten gallon per minute limitation compliance
verification procedure (#0434)
• Executive Order G-70-154 - Includes all Exhibits (#0430)
A copy of the CARB Executive Order is available through Tokheim’s FAX-OnDemand service (24-hours-a-day, 7-days-a-week). To access this service, dial
(219) 484-1864 and follow the automated instructions to retrieve your document.
To receive the complete CARB Executive Order or separate exhibits, request the
appropriate 4-digit document number shown above.
MaxVac System Tests
Preform the following tests to insure that the MaxVac system is functioning
properly and has no leaks in the vapor tube connections. See the MaxVac
Owner’s Manual, Form 4857 for testing the MaxVac vapor recovery system.
• Vapor system visual check
• Static Pressure Decay Test
• MaxVac System Air-to-Liquid (A/L) Ratio Test
• Dispenser flow rate check
Tokheim Corporation
9-4
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
MaxVac System
Problems at Power-Up?
An error code is displayed in the volume display when the dispenser detects
a problem. The following chart should be referred to when error codes 23,
24, or 31 through 34 are displayed AND an error LED (see below) is
illuminated (located either on the Multiplex board [non-blend] or on the
Blend Control board [blenders]).
Error conditions are reset by turning the MaxVac Power Supply switch OFF,
then ON or by going into, then exiting, Manager mode. Error conditions are
also reset by pressing and holding the lower left key of the operator interface
keypad for 5 seconds.
OPERATOR
INTERFACE
KEYPAD
ERROR CONDITIONS ARE RESET BY PRESSING AND HOLDING
THE LOWER LEFT KEY OF THE OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD
FOR 5 SECONDS.
™
Note: Report error occurrences to your Authorized Service Representative (ASR)
Blender Dispenser
ERR 23
Product 1 pulser is disconnected
ERR 24
Product 2 pulser is disconnected
Check all of the following as possible
reasons for MaxVac errors:
•
•
Non-Blend Dispenser
•
ERR 3x
Number of dispenser pulser errors for
hose (x) has reached the pulser error limit programmed
in manager mode F21. The sale is terminated as a bad
sale.
•
NOTE: If an err # is displayed and an error
LED is ON, then the problem is a MaxVac
problem. If no error LED is on, then the
problem is as described above.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
•
•
Power Supply is turned off
Circuit breaker tripped (on
Power Supply Assembly)
Overcurrent or locked
rotor condition (plugged
inlet/outlet vapor line)
Bad speed feedback signal
(disconnected speed
sensor)
Motor controller IC too hot
(It will shut itself off)
Low motor drive voltage
Tokheim Corporation
9-5
MaxVac System
MaxVac Error LEDs
LEDs are normally off, an error is indicated when the LED is ON.
LED 2 - SIDE B
ERROR
(WHEN ON)
LED 1 - SIDE A
ERROR
(WHEN ON)
J4 BLEND
CONTROL
INTERFACE
Blend Control Board
J4 MAXVAC
INTERFACE
LED 2 - SIDE B
ERROR
(WHEN ON)
LED 1 - SIDE A
ERROR
(WHEN ON)
Rev. 4 Multiplex Board
Tokheim Corporation
9-6
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
MaxVac System
MaxVac Error LEDs (continued)
Revision 5 only Multiplex boards (part #421420-1) have an eight position
dip switch labeled SW2. These switches control the operation of the MaxVac
Motor Pumps. A switch in the ON position allows operation of the MaxVac
Motor Pump for that hose outlet. A switch in the OFF position will not let
the MaxVac Motor Pump work for that hose outlet (typically used for diesel
hose outlets). Boards are shipped from the factory with all positions of
switch SW2 in the ON position. If these switches were not set when the
Multiplex board was installed into the card cage, refer to the chart below to
set the switches for your dispenser.
SW2
SWITCH
POSITION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CONTROLS
HOSE
A1
A2
A3
A4
B1
B2
B3
B4
SW2
J4 MAXVAC
INTERFACE
LED 2 - SIDE B
ERROR (WHEN ON)
LED 1 - SIDE A
ERROR (WHEN ON)
Rev. 5 Multiplex Board
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
9-7
MaxVac System
MaxVac Multiplex Board (Part no. 421420)
Functions of the MaxVac Multiplex Board:
•
•
•
•
Pump handle interface and identification
Pulser selection
Motor and valve control selection
MaxVac interface
Differences from the 417333 Multiplex board:
•
•
•
Right angle connector J4 for MaxVac
LED’s for visual indication of dispenser errors
Circuitry to allow the electronics to display errors
J4 MaxVac Interface Connector
1
2
3
4
5
LED1- MAXVAC SIDE A
ERROR (WHEN ON)
Pulser 1A
Pulser 2A
No Connection
Pulser 1B
Pulser 2B
6
7
8
9
10
LED 2 - MAXVAC SIDE B
ERROR (WHEN ON)
No Connection
Error Side A
Error side B
+5 VDC
DCC
TP1
15VDC
TP2
5VDC
TP3
GND
J4
To Mother Bd. J7
Tokheim Corporation
9-8
To Mother Bd. J13
To Mother Bd. J26
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
MaxVac System
Blend Control Board - 421574
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Used only in Blend dispensers
Calculates blending ratio
Receives pulser and handle signals
Monitors for pulser disconnect
Controls motors, blending valves, and dual-flow valves
Receives commands from and reports status to the master
processor on the Expanded Computer Board
Supplies Motor Control for MaxVac system
421186 (for non MaxVac)
J4 MaxVac Interface Connector
1
2
3
4
5
Pulser 1A
Pulser 2A
No Connection
Pulser 1B
Pulser 2B
6
7
8
9
10
No Connection
Error Side A
Error side B
+5 VDC
DCC
LED1- MAXVAC SIDE A
ERROR (WHEN ON)
LED 2 - MAXVAC SIDE B
ERROR (WHEN ON)
J4
TO MOTHER BD J7
TO MOTHER BD J13
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
TO MOTHER BD J26
Tokheim Corporation
9-9
MaxVac System
The MaxVac Power Supply Board (Part no. 421271)
•
•
•
Wiring diagrams
for the MaxVac
system are
available in
Section 4 of this
manual.
Supplies power for the MaxVac vapor recovery system
Provides visual indicators for power and error conditions
Current protection via circuit breakers
SW2
SW1
Side A power
Side B power
Turns on 20V and 36V power for side A
Turns on 20V and 36V power for side B
TP6,1
TP5
TP4
TP3
TP2
GND
20V side A
20V side B
36V side A
36V side B
19.0V - 21.0V
19.0V - 21.0V
35.0V - 37.0V
35.0V - 37.0V
SW2
LED3
LED 3 - SIDE A DC POWER
20V, 36V
LED 2 - 36V OVERVOLTAGE
SIDE A, B
LED 1 - SIDE B DC POWER
20V, 36V
TP6
END VIEW OF LED’S
TP5
TP4
TP3
TP2
TP1
J4
LED2
J3
LED1
J2
SW1
J1
Circuit Breakers are connected
via J2. Circuit Breakers
mounted on the frame of the
assembly:
Volts Current Rating
36 DC
2.5A
36 DC
2.5A
20 DC
.7A
120 AC
2A
Tokheim Corporation
9-10
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5/J6
J5
-
J6
AC Input from AC Dist. Bd.
Circuit Breakers
DC Output to Motor Control
From transformer secondary
120V/240V AC power to
transformer assembly
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
MaxVac System
The MaxVac Motor Control Board (Part no. 421280)
For Premier B (45") Series Dispensers Only
All Jumpers are
factory set. Do
not change
jumper settings.
•
•
•
Supplies motor control for the MaxVac vapor recovery system
Provides visual indicators for power and error conditions
Provides test points for power and error conditions
Error conditions are reset by pressing and holding the lower left keypad
button on the operator interface keypad for 5 seconds.
TP1 = Side A; TP3 = Side B
Individual pin descriptions:
1 GND
Ground potential
2 Pulser A1 Pulse signal with motor on
3 5V
4.9V - 5.25V
4 Pulser A2 Pulse signal on blend
product with motor on
5 ERROR
4.8V - 5.0V signal =
Error condition
6 GND
Ground potential
7 36V
35.0V - 37.0V
8 20V
19.0V - 21.0V
TP1
9 15V
14.75V - 15.25V
10 6.2V
6.2V - 6.5V
LED 1
SIDE A POWER,
ERROR
LED 2
PULSER A1, A2
SIDE A
A/L ADJUST
SIDE B
A/L ADJUST
J4
J5
J1
J6
LED 3
MOTOR A, B
LED 4
PULSER B1, B2
LED 5
SIDE B POWER,
ERROR
J2
J7
J8
LED’s: ON = Positive indication
Examples:
LED 5 = ON, ON (both on)
indicates power is on for side B,
and an error has occurred for
side B.
LED 3 = OFF, ON indicates that
Motor A is off, Motor B is on (LED
blinks when running).
A2 and B2 LED’s are for Blended
products only
TP3
J3
J9
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
9-11
MaxVac System
The MaxVac Motor Control Board (continued)
Connectors
Wiring diagrams
for the MaxVac
system are
available in
Section 4 of this
manual.
J1 Power side A
1 - Phase 1
2 - Phase 2
3 - Phase 3
J2 DC Power Input
1, 2 - DCC (DC Common)
3 - 20 VDC, side A
4 - 20 VDC, side B
5 - 36 VDC, side A
6 - 36 VDC, side B
J3 Power side B
1 - Phase 1
2 - Phase 2
3 - Phase 3
J4 Test Output (Factory use only)
J5, J7 Connectors for future use
J6, J8 Sensors side A, side B
1 - Sensor C
2 - Sensor B
3 - Sensor A
4 - +6.2 VDC
5 - DCC
6 - Motor CFG
J9 Pulser Input
1 - Pulser 1A
2 - Pulser 2A
3 - Premier reset
4 - Pulser 1B
5 - Pulser 2B
6 - N/C
7 - Error side A
8 - Error side B
9 - +5 VDC
10 - DCC
Tokheim Corporation
9-12
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
MaxVac System
The MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board - Part no. 421449
For Premier B (30") & Premier C Series Dispensers
• Supplies motor control for the MaxVac vapor recovery system
• Provides visual indicators for power and error conditions
• Provides test points for power and error conditions
Error conditions are reset by pressing and holding the lower left keypad button
on the operator interface keypad for 5 seconds.
All Jumpers are
factory set. Do
not change
jumper settings.
Test Points
LED Indicator Examples:
LED 5 = ON indicates power
is on and an error has
occurred.
LED 3 = ON indicates the
MaxVac Motor on
(LED blinks when running).
LED 2 is for Blended products
only.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
5V
Sensor A
6.2V
GND
15V
20V
36V
LED 1
LED 2
LED 3
LED 4
LED 5
4.9V - 5.25V
Motor On
6.2V - 6.5V
Ground potential
14.75V - 15.25V
19.0V - 21.0V
35.0V - 37.0V
Pulser 1
Pulser (Blend)
Motor
Power
Error
R43 A/L ADJUST
LED 1 LED 2
LED 3
LED 4
TEST POINTS 1 – 3
LED 5
TEST POINTS 4 – 7
MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board - 421449
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
9-13
MaxVac System
The MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board (continued)
Connectors
Wiring diagrams
for the MaxVac
system are
available in
Section 4 of this
manual.
J1 Sensors to Vapor Pump Assembly
1 - Sensor C
2 - Sensor B
3 - Sensor A
4 - +6.2 VDC
5 - DCC
6 - Motor CFG
J2 Power to Vapor Pump Assembly
1 - Phase 1
2 - Phase 2
3 - Phase 3
J3 DC Power Input
1 - DCC (DC Common)
2 - No Connection
3 - 20 VDC
4 - 36 VDC
J4 Pulser Input
1 - Pulser 1
2 - Pulser 2
3 - Premier Reset
4 - MaxVac Error
5 - +5 VDC
6 - DCC
Tokheim Corporation
9-14
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Soleniod Coils
Section 10: Solenoid Valve Coil Diagnostics
Premier B & C
Scope
This section will explain the diagnostic procedures available for testing
dual-flow valves and their coils in a Tokheim dispenser.
Section 10 Contents
Checking Coil Voltages ................................................................. 10-2
Checking Coil Resistance ............................................................. 10-3
Wiring Diagrams ........................................................................... 10-4
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
10-1
Soleniod Coils
Checking Coil Voltages
1. Equipment Needed: Multimeter with AC Volts and Ohms test ranges.
2. Set the multimeter on AC Volts and check the actual voltage at the lead
wire harness on the coil. NOTE: RED is the common lead.
3. FOR 110/120 VAC Applications
When the valve is in full-flow, the voltage should be:
50Hz.
60Hz.
Across the red and yellow leads:
110 VAC
120 VAC
Across the red and black leads:
110 VAC
120 VAC
Across the yellow and black leads
short circuit (0 volts)
When the valve is in low-flow, the voltage should be:
50Hz.
Across the red and yellow leads:
110 VAC
Across the red and black leads:
0 VAC
Across the yellow and black leads
110 VAC
60Hz.
120 VAC
0 VAC
120 VAC
When the valve is off (i.e., no flow), the voltage should be:
50Hz.
Across the red and yellow leads:
0 VAC
Across the red and black leads:
0 VAC
Across the yellow and black leads
0 VAC
60Hz.
0 VAC
0 VAC
0 VAC
4. FOR 220/240 VAC Applications
When the valve is in full-flow, the voltage should be:
50Hz.
60Hz.
Across the red and yellow leads:
220 VAC
240 VAC
Across the red and black leads:
220 VAC
240 VAC
Across the yellow and black leads
short circuit (0 volts)
Tokheim Corporation
10-2
When the valve is in low-flow, the voltage should be:
50Hz.
Across the red and yellow leads:
220 VAC
Across the red and black leads:
0 VAC
Across the yellow and black leads
220 VAC
60Hz.
240 VAC
0 VAC
240 VAC
When the valve is off (i.e., no flow), the voltage should be:
50Hz.
Across the red and yellow leads:
0 VAC
Across the red and black leads:
0 VAC
Across the yellow and black leads
0 VAC
60Hz.
0 VAC
0 VAC
0 VAC
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Soleniod Coils
Checking Coil Voltages (continued)
5. OVERVOLTAGE: If the voltage is over the nominal voltage, the coil
could eventually overheat causing coil turns to short and ultimately
causing an open circuit.
6. UNDER-VOLTAGE: If the voltage is less than 85% of the rated
voltage, there might be insufficient voltage to operate the valve.
85% of 110VAC @ 50Hz. = 94 VAC minimum
85% of 120VAC @ 60Hz. =102 VAC minimum
85% of 220VAC @ 50Hz. =187 VAC minimum
85% of 240VAC @ 60Hz. =208 VAC minimum
7. Any indication of voltage not being applied to the valve is an indication of
a control circuit problem.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
10-3
Soleniod Coils
Checking Coil Resistance
If the coil is HOT, it
can increase the
resistance (Ohm)
measurements by
as much as 20%.
1. PRECAUTIONS:
a. UNPLUG the valve from the wire harness.
b. If the valve has been energized, let the coil COOL to room
temperature.
c. Set the multimeter to measure resistance (Ohms).
d. Make sure the multimeter leads make solid contact with the
metal connector prongs in the wire harness plug holes.
e. Make sure the multimeter probe tips are not touching each
other or your fingers.
2. Ohms readings for 110VAC@50Hz. / 120VAC@60Hz. coils should be:
Across the red and yellow leads:
between 225 and 275 ohms
Across the red and black leads:
between 225 and 275 ohms
Across the yellow and black leads:
between 450 and 550 ohms
(should be the sum of the previous two readings)
3. Ohms readings for 240VAC@60Hz. coils should be:
Across the red and yellow leads:
between 963 and 1,177 ohms
Across the red and black leads:
between 963 and 1,177 ohms
Across the yellow and black leads
between 1,926 and 2,354 ohms
(should be the sum of the previous two readings)
3. Ohms readings for 230VAC@50Hz. coils should be:
Across the red and yellow leads:
between 1,080 and 1,320 ohms
Across the red and black leads:
between 1,080 and 1,320 ohms
Across the yellow and black leads
between 2,160 and 2,640 ohms
(should be the sum of the previous two readings)
4. All of the above ohm readings assume that the coil is at ambient (room)
temperature.
5. Any ohm reading showing a short circuit or open circuit or ohms readings
out of the above ranges is an indication of a coil, lead-wire crimp, or
conduit wire problem. If the ohm readings are correct, then this indicates
Tokheim Corporation
10-4
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Soleniod Coils
Wiring Diagrams
A
YELLOW
NO FLOW
B
BLACK
120/240VAC
VALVE
A = OPEN
B = OPEN
RED
A
YELLOW
LOW FLOW
B
BLACK
120/240VAC
VALVE
A = CLOSED
B = OPEN
RED
A
YELLOW
FULL FLOW
B
BLACK
120/240VAC
VALVE
A = CLOSED
B = CLOSED
RED
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000
Tokheim Corporation
10-5
Soleniod Coils
Tokheim Corporation
10-6
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Glossary A — B
Section 11: Glossary
A
Ampere, a measuring unit for current flow in a circuit.
AC
Alternating current power, also abbreviated VAC.
AMPS
Another abbreviation for ampere, see A above.
APPROVE
Command from a console or other fuel point controller allowing a sale to
begin. A fueling point remains approved until the nozzle is returned to the
boot.
•
In console operation with key arming, the fueling point must
be key-armed before it requests approval. The console sends
the approval command to approve the fueling point.
•
In stand-alone operation with no key-arming, the fueling point
is approved immediately when a hose is activated. In keyarming operation, the fueling point must be key-armed before
a hose can be approved.
ARMING
(See key arming or permanent arming)
ARMING KEY
Also referred to as the attendant’s key. When placed on the keyswitch area,
the dispenser is readied for a transaction. This key is red or blue.
ASR
(Tokheim) Authorized Service Representative.
BAD SALE LIMIT
Once the dispenser exceeds the dispenser error limit on a sale, the sale is
stopped, and the bad sale counter increments by one. When the bad sale
counter exceeds the present limit, the dispenser is stopped and an error code
is displayed.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
11-1
Glossary B — C
BATTERY BACKUP TIME
The time the dispenser will remain powered up after the loss of AC power.
BLEND RATIO
A ratio (generally described in terms of percentages) between two straightgrade products combined to create a blended product. Example: a 60%
product 1 and 40% product 2 blend would be expressed as a 60/40 blend
ratio.
BLENDED PRODUCT
Product composed of a percentage (blend ratio) of two grades of fuel.
BLENDER DISPENSER
Any of the Premier series of dispensers which allows the mixing of two
grades of fuel to create a mid-range grade.
BLENDING VALVE
Electronically controlled valve used to blend two products at the programmed
blend ratio.
CARD CAGE
The subassembly inside the dispenser which contains the electronic circuit
boards (CPU, interface, etc.).
CB(n)
Circuit breaker (n). Used for over-current protection.
CONSOLE
Device for controlling and monitoring fueling points.
CONSOLE OPERATION
(with key arming) - A fueling point operating mode that allows a sale to
begin only after the arming key is placed on the keyswitch area.
(with permanent arming) - A fueling point operating mode that allows a
sale to begin upon receipt of a valid approval command from the console.
Tokheim Corporation
11-2
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Glossary C — D
CPU
Central Processing Unit. The name of the circuit board which performs all
the “computer” functions for programming and processing fuel sales.
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Check. This test verifies that the CPU board is
functional. A number derived from a block of data, and stored or transmitted
with the data in order to detect any errors in transmission. It is similar to a
checksum, but more complicated. A cyclic redundancy check is often
calculated by adding words or bytes of the data. The receiving computer
recalculates the CRC from the data received and compares it to the value
originally transmitted; if the values are not the same, it indicates a
transmission error.
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Tokheim Solution Center 1-800-866-6762
DECIMAL POINT
Manager's mode F22 sets the decimal point location in the money, volume,
and ppuv displays.
DEFAULT
A value or condition that is automatically set at system initialization and can
be changed by the operator if necessary.
DHC
Dedicated Hose Controller. A Tokheim dispenser controller.
DIP SWITCH
Dual In-line Package; an electronic component containing one or more
switches that control various device parameters or options.
DISPENSER ERROR LIMIT
Limit set in programming that a dispenser can have in any one sale before
sale will be stopped.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
11-3
Glossary D — F
DISPENSER FUNCTION CODE
Set in manager’s mode function F19; specifies whether the dispenser will
operate in stand-alone mode, or with a console, and depending on which mode
is selected, will determine which type or arming is to be used. (See keyarming and permanent arming.)
DISPLAY ADDRESS
Establishes the dispenser’s fundamental identity with the system software.
DISPLAY DIAGNOSTICS
A function available at the dispenser to check the displays and keypad buttons
for proper operation.
DPT
Dispenser Payment Terminal
DUAL-PHASE PULSER
A device in the dispenser that generates two pulse streams, one lagging the
other by 90 degrees (quadrature). It is used by the CPU board to keep track
of volume dispensed.
Premier B:
U.S.A. measurement: 1000 pulses = one gallon
Metric measurement: 250 pulses = 1 liter
Premier C:
U.S.A. measurement: 400 pulses = one gallon
Metric measurement: 100 pulses = 1 liter
EPROM
Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory. This integrated circuit contains
the operating program for the CPU. This device is directly related to the
software version number.
Err (nn)
An Error code displayed by the dispenser indicating a problem which requires
attention.
FCC
Federal Communications Commission.
F(nn)
Function (nn) of the manager's mode.
Tokheim Corporation
11-4
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Glossary F — L
FUEL BLEND RATIO
(See Blend Ratio)
GPM
Gallons per minute, a rate of flow.
HZ
Hertz, a unit of measure for frequency.
ICONS
Nine lines of customer prompts which are displayed when the dispenser does
not have a DPT installed. (Premier B only)
INSIGHT ™
A model of Tokheim Dispenser Payment Terminal that includes a graphic
display and a standard or graphic printer.
J(n)
Refers to a specific connector, numbered (n).
JU(n)
Refers to a specific jumper, numbered (n).
KEY ARMING
Key arming a dispenser requires a magnetic arming key to be placed on the
keyswitch area of the dispenser before a sale can occur. Key arming can be
used in both console operation and stand-alone operation. The arming key can
be used on both sides of a dispenser.
LCD
Liquid Crystal Display. Tokheim uses this technology for the dispenser
displays.
LEAK DETECTOR DELAY
Amount of time needed for the leak detector system to pressurize.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
11-5
Glossary L — N
LED
Light Emitting Diode. An electronic device that illuminates when the proper
signals are present.
LEVEL SECURITY CODES
Codes used in programming that allow access to information contained in
various areas of dispenser programming.
MANAGER KEY
A magnetic key which, when placed on the keyswitch area, is used to enter
the manager mode for programming the dispenser. The manager key color is
black.
MANAGER MODE
A mode of operation allowing the programming of configuration or setup data.
MAXIMUM DELIVERY
A programmed value that limits the maximum amount of fuel that can
dispensed in one sale.
MEMS
Modular Electronic Marketing System.
METER VOLUME
Amount of product that has passed through the meter.
MOP
Method of payment.
N.F.P.A.
National Fire Protection Agency.
NON-BLEND DISPENSER
Standard Model Premier dispenser with up to four straight grade products and
up to four hoses per side.
Tokheim Corporation
11-6
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Glossary N — P
NO PULSE TIME-OUT
A programmed value that sets the maximum time allowed between pulses
after a sale has started. This function will terminate a sale if no pulses are
received during the set time out period.
OCTANE
A property of the fuel product controlling the burning rate. A figure of merit
representing the resistance of gasoline to premature detonation when exposed
to heat and pressure in the combustion chamber of an internal-combustion
engine.
OPERATING MODE
(See Run Mode)
OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD
This keypad is used for data entry, starting and stopping the dispenser, and
manager mode programming.
PC, PCB
Printed Circuit Board.
PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT
All equipment designed or adapted for use with the Tokheim Premier
dispensers, point-of-sale consoles, printers, etc.
PERMANENT ARMING
A programmable dispenser mode not requiring use of a key. The dispenser is
armed to allow a fuel sale as soon as it becomes idle. Permanent arming can
be used in both console operation and stand-alone operation.
P(n)
Product number ‘n’.
PPUV DISPLAY
Dispenser displays that show the price-per-unit-volume.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
11-7
Glossary P
PREMIER B
The Premier B series dispenser is one of the most technologically advanced
dispensers in the world. Premier B dispensers offer multi-hose configurations,
vapor recover, product blending, dispenser payment terminals for cash, credit,
debit, and fleet card fuel sales, large LCD displays that incorporate customer
instructions and dispenser diagnostics, and the most reliable meter in the
industry.
PREMIER C
The Premier C series dispenser is an enhancement to the Premier B series
dispenser. Enhancements include a 6-piece chassis, dual head cardreader,
draw style locks on lower doors, standardized raceway design, easier access
to components in the raceway, electronics enclosure and hydraulics cabinet,
and full ADA compliance.
PRESETS
Fuel sale in which the maximum money or volume amount is selected at the
dispenser or at the console before the sale begins. The dispenser
automatically stops dispensing the product when the preset value is reached.
PRODUCT SELECTION KEYPAD
A 1 x 5 keypad that the customer uses to select which fuel grade will be
dispensed from the hose.
PRODUCT SELECTION NUMBER
An assigned number (in Mode F28) that is used by the console to identify the
hose or product.
PROGRAMMING BUTTON
Any of the keypad buttons found on the Operator Interface keypad .
PROGRAMMING MODE
(See Manager's Mode)
PSI
Pounds per Square Inch. A unit of measure for pressure.
Tokheim Corporation
11-8
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Glossary P — S
PULSES
Electrical impulses from dual-phase pulser that is used by the CPU board to
keep track of the volume dispensed.
Premier B:
U.S.A. measurement: 1000 pulses = one gallon
Metric measurement: 250 pulses = 1 liter
Premier C:
U.S.A. measurement: 400 pulses = one gallon
Metric measurement: 100 pulses = 1 liter
RAM
Random Access Memory. Temporary memory storage device.
REMOTE
Remote control of submerged pump. Pump is located within the product tank,
not in the dispenser.
R(n)
Resistor number ‘n’.
ROM
(See EPROM)
RS-485
An EIA (Electronic Industries Association) standard that defines a protocol
for serial data communications. Allows several devices to be connected to a
single cable, distributed over a wide area.
RUN MODE
Method of operation where fuel transactions take place (when you are not in
manager mode).
RXD
Receive data
SECURITY LEVELS
Levels of manager modes where a programmed code for restricting access to
those modes exist
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Tokheim Corporation
11-9
Glossary S
SHIFT TOTALS
Cumulative sales totals for the shift that are stored in memory.
SIDE A OR B
All programming of a Premier dispenser is done on side A. Side B is opposite
of side A.
SLOW FLOW
Dispenser mode in which the fast flow valve has closed while the slow flow
valve has remained open to provide a reduced rate of fuel flow.
SLOW FLOW OFFSET
The point near the end of a preset fuel sale in which the fueling point
automatically enters slow flow mode to prevent an overrun. Default = 0.2
gallon, or .6 liter.
SOFTWARE DATE CODE
The release date of the dispenser software installed. The date code can be
accessed in manager mode F99.
STAND-ALONE OPERATION
The mode of operation when the dispenser does not require interaction with
console to dispense product.
STORAGE TANK
Underground or above-ground tank used for storing product.
STRAIGHT PRODUCT
A non-blended product.
SUCTION PUMP
Pump is located in the dispenser and moves the product from the tanks by
suction.
SW(n)
Switch number ‘n’.
Tokheim Corporation
11-10
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999
Glossary T — U
TDS
Tokheim Debit System - provides secure debit transactions at the dispenser
when used with the Tokheim Encryption Device (TED).
TDS Plus
Tokheim Debit System Plus - the name of the original debit solution provided
by Tokheim that incorporates a secure pin pad at the dispenser.
TED
Tokheim Encryption Device – used with Tokheim Debit System (TDS) to
provide secure debit transactions.
TTC
Talk to Console communication signal.
TTD
Talk to Dispenser communication signal.
TP(n)
Test Point number ‘n’.
TRANSVERSE DISPENSER
Transverse dispenser models have their products arranged in a transverse
(reverse) order from side A to side B. The last two letters of the model
number identify a transverse left (TL) or a transverse right (TR) dispenser.
Programming for transverse operation is performed in Modes F23 and F29.
TS(n)
Thermostat number ‘n’.
TXD
Transmit data.
UDCB
Universal Dispenser Controller, originally designed for Premier B, but is also
used in Premier C series dispensers.
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
11-11
Glossary U – V
U.L.
Underwriter’s Laboratories.
U(n)
The designation given for an integrated circuit numbered ‘n’.
VAC, AC
Volts, Alternating Current
VBB
Battery backup voltage reading (no AC power).
VBAT
Battery voltage reading.
VDC
Volts, Direct Current
VIEW ONLY PARAMETER
A parameter in programming that cannot be changed, only viewed.
VREF
A reference voltage for the pulsers’ Op Amp circuit.
Tokheim Corporation
11-12
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Index
Index
Symbols
110 VAC Transformer Pri 3-20
220 VAC Transformer Pri 3-20
67 Interface Box 1-7, 5-15
69 Interface Box 7-9
A
A Side 2-2, 2-3, 3-10, 3-19
A/L 9-4
A/L Adjust 9-11
AC
Current Requirements 1-3
Distribution Board
Premier B & C 3-12
Filter Connector 3-13
Input 3-12
Input Connector 3-14
Noise Filter 3-12
Option 3-14
Power Switch 2-17
Spare Connector 3-14
Switch 3-12
AC Distribution
Block Diagram
Premier B 4-16
Wiring Diagram
Premier B 4-23
Premier C 4-37
Access Door
Premier C 2-12
Premier C with Insight 2-14
Accessing
Card Cage
Premier B 2-6, 2-7
Premier C 2-17
Circuit Boards
MaxVac 2-10, 2-19
Connection Box
Premier B 2-11
DPT Controller Boards
Premier C 2-18
Electrical Components 2-1
Hardware
Premier C 2-16
Options
Premier B 2-8
Adjust Resistor
battery charger 3-6
Adjusting Contrast 8-12
Adjustment, Contrast, DPT display board 7-36
Alternative Manager/Arming Key 3-26
Ambient Temperature 1-3
Arming
keyswitch area, Premier C 2-13, 2-15
Arming Key 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-2
ASR (Authorized Service Representative) 1-1, 9-1, 9-5
B
B Side 2-3, 2-11, 3-10
Backlit LCD Displays 1-4
Backup Buttons 5-4
Basic Programming 5-3, 5-4, 5-5
Battery
Charge Voltage 3-7
charger set point jumper 3-6
connection 2-17
INSIGHT DPT 8-9
INSIGHT DPT 8-6
low or disconnected 5-3
Power Down Switch 3-7
Battery Pack 3-2
connector 3-5
Beeper 3-22, 3-23, 3-24, 3-25, 3-26
connector
INSIGHT DPT 8-9
Blend
Control solenoids 1-28
Operational sequence 1-26, 1-27, 1-28
Pulses 1-27
Regulator valve 1-26
Valve assembly 1-26
Valve interface board 1-28
Valve power supply 1-28
Blend Control Board 3-2
MaxVac Interface 3-17, 9-8, 9-9
Premier B & C 3-17, 9-9
Blend Valve Power 3-20
Blender 3-19
operational diagram
electronic 1-20, 1-25
variable 1-20, 1-23
Blending valve power supply
Overview 1-28
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
Index-1
Index
Block Diagram
AC Distribution Board, Premier B 4-16
InSight DPT 8-3
Standard DPT with TDS 7-9
Board
AC Distribution Board
Premier B & C 3-12
Blend Control Board
MaxVac 9-6
Premier B & C 3-17, 9-9
Circuit Boards
Premier B 2-8
Premier C 2-17
Display Board
Premier B (beeper in electronics enclosure) 3-22
Premier B (beeper in raceway) 3-23
Premier C 3-25
Expanded Computer Board
Premier B & C 3-8
Interface
Premier B & C 3-6
LED Board
Premier B 3-21
Mini Motor Control
MaxVac 9-13
Mother Board
Premier B & C 3-3
Motor Control
MaxVac 9-11
Multiplex
MaxVac 9-6, 9-7, 9-8
Premier B & C 3-10
Options Power Supply
Premier B & C 3-19
Orientation 3-2
Power Supply
MaxVac 9-10
Relay Board
Premier B & C 3-11
Valve Interface Board
Premier B & C 3-18
Boards
Valve interface board 1-28
Button, Control 2-8, 3-6, 3-7
C
Calibrating Dispenser Meters 5-14
Call Button 4-5, 4-6
CARB 9-4
Card Cage
Premier B 2-9
Premier C 2-17
Tokheim Corporation
Index-2
Card Reader 2-4, 7-36, 8-22
Cleaning 8-22
Cardreader 2-12, 2-14
Cash Acceptor 2-4, 2-8, 2-12, 2-13, 2-15, 3-19
Access, Premier B 7-33, 7-34, 7-35
Cassette 7-32
DIP switches 7-35
Lock Assemblies 7-32, 7-33, 7-34, 7-35
Cash Out 3-20
Cash PPUV Display 2-4, 2-5
Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram
Premier B 6-2
Premier C 6-3
Circuit Boards. See Board
Circuit Breaker 3-12, 9-5
Circuit Breakers 3-18
Clearing a Paper Jam
Premier B - Graphic Printer 8-26
Premier C - INSIGHT DPT Printer 8-29
Code Histories 5-8, 5-9
Coil Resistance 10-4
Coil Voltages 10-2, 10-3
Coils 1-5, 10-1
Wiring Diagrams 10-5
Communication
Connector 3-5
Problems
INSIGHT DPT 8-17, 8-18
Communication Rate Settings
INSIGHT DPT 8-7
Communications 3-7
Diagnostics Display 5-6
Components
INSIGHT DPT 8-2, 8-3
MaxVac System 9-3
Premier B
Electronics Enclosure 2-4, 2-5
Premier C
Electronics Enclosure 2-12, 2-13, 2-14, 2-15
Standard DPT 7-2
Configurations, Handle and Pulser Connectors
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Assembly 3-28
Connection Box
Premier B 2-11
Premier C 2-20
Connector and Test Point Locations, DPT 7-4
Connectors 3-22, 3-23, 3-25
Console Operation 1-6
Contrast
Adjusting Display 8-12
Adjusting DPT display board 7-36
Control Button 2-8, 2-17, 3-6, 3-7, 5-5
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Index
Control Valves 1-5
Controller Board
Connectors 7-7
Connectors Defined for Standard D 7-17
INSIGHT DPT 8-4, 8-5, 8-8
Standard DPT with TDS Plus 7-13
Controller valve, blender 1-26
Conventions, used in this Manual 1-1
Counter, pulsers 1-27
CPU board program memory 5-13
CRC Code 5-13
Credit PPUV Display 2-4
Current Requirements 1-3
Customer Prompts Display Area 2-4
D
Darken Display. See Contrast, Adjusting Display
Date Code, Software 5-13
Debit DPT
CPU Board LED's 7-17
Product Selection Keypad 2-4
Start Key 2-4
Delivery Rate 1-5
DHC 1-6, 1-7
Diagnostic
codes 5-7
display communications 5-6
Dual Flow Skinner Valves 10-1
Information 5-1
INSIGHT 7-18, 7-19, 7-20, 8-14, 8-15
keypad 5-12
ROM CRC 5-13
Diagram
Signal Flow 6-2, 6-3
Diaphram
Regulator valve 1-26
DIP Switch 3-9
Expanded Computer Board 3-8
Dispenser
Repair 6-2
Dispenser Configuration 1-10
Dispenser Electronics 1-3
Dispenser Error Codes 6-4, 6-5, 6-6, 6-7, 6-8
Dispenser flow rate check 9-4
Dispenser Identification
Premier B 1-14, 1-15
Premier C 1-16, 1-17, 1-18
Dispenser Options
H models 1-8, 1-9, 1-10
I models 1-8, 1-9, 1-10
Dispenser Orientation 2-2, 2-3
Display 1-4
adjusting contrast 8-12
Back-Lights 3-12
Board
Assembly 2-6
Premier C 3-25
Premier B (beeper in electronics enclosure) 3-22
Premier B (beeper in raceway) 3-23
Side A and Side B Connectors 3-5
Data Signals 3-6
Dialface 2-6
DPT 2-4, 2-13
INSIGHT Debit 2-14
INSIGHT DPT 2-15
Money 2-4
money/volume 2-12, 2-15
PPUV 2-4
price per unit volume 2-13, 2-15
Problems
INSIGHT 8-19
Wiring Diagram
Premier B 4-22
Premier C 4-36
DOCUMENT-on-DEMAND 1-2
Documents, related 1-2
Door Lock
Premier C 2-16
DPT 1-3, 1-4, 1-6, 2-6, 3-19
Beeper 3-23, 3-24, 3-25, 3-26
Block Diagram 7-4
Card Reader Cleaning 7-36, 8-22
Cash Acceptor Access 7-35
Communication Problems 8-17, 8-18
Communication Status 5-6
Components 7-2
Controller Board 7-5
Address Settings 8-8
Board Connectors 8-9
INSIGHT DPT 8-4, 8-5
Jumper and Switch Locations 7-5
Jumper Locations 8-4
Jumper Settings 8-6
Premier B 2-9
Premier C 2-18
Status LEDs 8-5
SW1 Switch Settings 8-7
Test Point Locations 8-4
CPU Board 7-5, 7-9, 7-14, 7-15
Diagnostics 7-21, 7-22, 7-23, 7-24, 7-25
Dial Assembly
H300B Series only 2-6
Display 2-4
Display Problems 8-19
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
Index-3
Index
DPT
Illustration 2-4, 2-12, 2-14
Jumper Locations 7-10, 7-14
Keypad Keycodes 8-13
Light Emitting Diodes (LED) 7-8, 7-17, 8-5
Lights 3-12
Operational Problems 8-20, 8-21
Out 3-20
Power Supply 3-2
Printer 2-8
Clear Paper Jam 8-23
Panel 2-4
Problems. See troubleshooting
Specifications 7-26
Switch Locations 7-5, 7-10, 7-14
Test Point Locations 7-4, 8-5
Troubleshooting 7-21, 7-22, 7-23, 7-24, 7-25,
8-17, 8-18, 8-19, 8-20, 8-21
with TDS 7-9
Dual flow 1-5
Dual phase pulsers 1-4
Dual-Price 2-13, 2-15
Fan Assembly 3-2, 3-12
Fan Connector 3-13
FAX-On-Demand 9-4
Features 1-6, 1-7, 1-8, 1-9
Feed Button
Graphic printer 8-27
Filters 1-5
Fluorescent backlit LCD Displays
Foundation Plans 1-2
Fuel Limitations 1-5
Full-Flow 10-2
Function Codes 5-10, 5-11
E
H
Electronic Blender
operational diagrams 1-20, 1-23, 1-25
overview 1-7
Electronics 1-3
Electronics Enclosure Components
Premier B 2-4, 2-5
Premier C 2-12, 2-13, 2-14, 2-15
Entering Manager Modes 5-2
EPROM 3-8
ERR05 5-3
Error
Codes 6-4, 6-5, 6-6, 6-7, 6-8
History 5-7, 5-8
Indicators 9-6, 9-7
Message Handling & Troubleshooting Tips
Ethanol 1-5
Exiting Manager Mode 5-2, 5-5
Expanded Computer Board
DIP Switch 3-9
Premier B & C 3-8
Expanded computer board 1-27
Handle and Pulser Connectors Configurations
Intrinsically Safe Barrier 3-28
Heater 1-3, 3-2, 3-12
Heater Connector 3-13
HHHH 5-10
Histories 5-7, 5-8, 5-9
Hose Controllers 1-7
Humidity 1-3
F
F02
F11
F96
F97
F98
5-4
5-6
5-7, 5-8, 5-9
5-10, 5-11
5-12
Tokheim Corporation
Index-4
1-4
G
Gasboy DPT 7-2
GASBOY ONLY, DPT SW1
Graphic DPT
Keypad Keycodes 8-13
Graphic Mode 8-2
Graphic Printer 2-8, 8-23
Clear Paper Jam 8-23
Paper Specs. 8-23
7-6
I
6-1
In-line Connector 5-15
Inlet solenoid 1-26, 1-28
Input Connector 3-24, 3-26
Input Voltage, Wide Range Power Supply 1-4
INSIGHT
installing paper 8-1
INSIGHT DPT 1-4, 8-9
Battery Connection 8-9
Beeper Connector 8-9
Block Diagram 8-3
Communication Problems 8-17, 8-18
Communication Rate Settings 8-7
Components 8-2, 8-3
Controller Board 8-4, 8-5, 8-8
debit display, Premier C 2-14
Diagnostics 7-18, 7-19, 7-20, 8-14, 8-15
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Index
INSIGHT DPT
Display Problems 8-19
DPT display, Premier C 2-15
Graphic Printer 8-23
illustration, Premier B 2-5
illustration, Premier C 2-14
installing paper
Graphic DPT, Premier B 8-23
Premier C 8-28
keypad function codes 5-11, 8-13
Operational Problems 8-20, 8-21
INSIGHT DPT Controller Boards
Premier B 2-9
Premier C 2-18
Installing Paper
Premier B - Tear-Bar Printer 7-27
Premier C - INSIGHT DPT Printer 8-28
Premier C - Standard Printer 7-29
Installing Printer Paper
INSIGHT DPT, Premier C 8-28
Intercom Button Output 3-5
Intercom Speaker 1-7, 4-6
Intercom Speaker Junction Box 4-5
Interface Board 3-2, 3-9, 3-10, 3-11, 5-15
Premier B 2-8
Premier B & C 3-6
Premier C 2-17
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Assembly
Premier C 3-27, 3-28
J
J-Box 5-15
Jumper and Switch Locations
DPT Controller Board 7-5
for Standard DPT with TDS 7-10, 7-14
INSIGHT DPT 8-6
Jumpers
Display Board 3-22, 3-23, 3-25
Junction Box, Speaker 4-5
K
Key
Arming 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-2
Manager 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-2
Keycodes 8-13
Keypad
buttons 5-10, 5-12
Connectors 3-22, 3-23, 3-24, 3-25, 3-26
diagnostics 5-12
function code 5-10
operator interface 2-4, 2-13, 2-15
product selection 2-6
Keypad
product selection, Premier B
product selection, Premier C
remote 2-14
Keypad Layout
Softkey 8-13
Keypad Test 8-13
Keyswitch
Premier B 2-4
Premier C 2-13
Keyswitch area 5-2
2-4
2-13, 2-15
L
LCD Displays 1-4
LED 3-8, 6-4, 7-8, 7-17
Board 3-21
Control 3-24
Expanded Computer Board 3-8
Interface Board 3-6, 3-7
Locations 8-5
MaxVac 9-10, 9-11, 9-13
Lighten. See Contrast, Adjusting Display
Lighting, Spandrel 4-6
Lights and Heater 1-3
Lights Connector 3-15
Lock
Premier C 2-16
Lock assemblies, Cash Acceptor 7-32
Logic Sequence 6-2
Low Battery 3-7
Low-Flow 10-2
M
Magnetic Key 5-2
Magnetic Keyswitch Area 2-4
Main AC In 3-20
Main AC Switch 3-12
Main Lights Connector 3-15
Manager
Key 2-13, 2-15, 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-2, 5-4
Mode 1-6, 3-9, 5-3, 9-5
Manager/Arming Key 3-24
Manager’s Mode F02 5-4
Manifolded 1-19
MaxVac 1-3
Blend Control Board
MaxVac Interface 3-17, 9-8, 9-9
Boards. See Board
Circuit Breakers 9-10
Error Reset 9-5, 9-11, 9-13
LED
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
Index-5
Index
MaxVac
Mini Motor Control Board 9-13
Motor Control Board 9-11
Power Supply Board 9-10
Mini Motor Control Board 9-13
Motor Control Board 9-11, 9-12, 9-13, 9-14
Multiplex Board 9-8
Nozzle/Vehicle Fill Pipe 9-3
Power Supply Board 9-10
System Components 9-3
Tests 9-4
Theory of Operation 9-1
Vapor Recovery System Components
Premier B 2-10
Premier C 2-19
Mechanical Totalizers 1-5
Meter 1-5
Accuracy 1-5
Calibrating 5-14
Methanol 1-5
Method of Payment 2-15
Mirror 2-3
Mode F11 5-6
Mode F96 5-7, 5-8, 5-9
Mode F97 5-10, 5-11
Mode F98 5-12
Model Number Notation 1-11
Premier B 1-8, 1-9, 1-10
Model/Serial Number Plate 2-2
Money Display 1-4, 2-4, 3-22, 3-23
Money/Volume 5-12
Money/Volume Display 2-12, 2-15
Mother Board 3-2
Motor Circuit 3-10
Motor Control Connector 3-4
Motor Control board, MaxVac
Premier B 2-10
Premier C 2-19
Motors, Suction 1-3
Multi-Hose 1-19, 1-24
Multiplex Board 3-2, 3-11, 9-5, 9-6, 9-7, 9-8
Premier B & C 3-10
N
National Fire Protection Agency 2-1
Native Mode 8-2
Non-Graphic. See Native Mode
Non-Zero Sales 5-4
Nozzle
Sensors 3-10
Nozzle Boot Switches 5-10
Number
Serial 2-7, 2-9
Tokheim Corporation
Index-6
O
Operating
Environment 1-3
Mode 1-6
Program 3-8
Temperature, wide range power supply 1-4
Operational Diagrams 1-19, 1-20, 1-22, 1-23, 1-24,
1-25
1 or 2 Hose Manifolded Disp. (H424C-R) 1-19
Elect. Var. Blend, Transverse Disp. (424C-RB4TR)
1-23
Elect. Var. Blend, Transverse Disp. (H424CRB4TL) 1-23
Electronic Blend Disp. (H426C-REB) 1-20
Electronic Blend, Transverse Disp. (H426CREBTL) 1-25
Electronic Blend, Transverse Disp. (H426CREBTR) 1-25
Electronic Var. Blend Disp. (H424C-RB3, B4, B5)
1-20
Manifolded, Transverse Disp. (H424C-RTL) 1-22
Manifolded, Transverse Disp. (H424C-RTR) 1-22
Multi-hose Disp. (H428C-R) 1-19
Multi-hose, Transverse Disp. (H426C-RTL) 1-24
Multi-hose, Transverse Disp. (H426C-RTR) 1-24
Operational Problems
INSIGHT DPT 8-20, 8-21
Operational sequence, blender valve 1-26, 1-27, 1-28
Operator Interface
Keypad 2-4, 2-13, 2-15, 3-22, 3-23, 3-25
Keypad call button 4-5, 4-6
Keypad Connector 3-24, 3-26
Option Power Supply Connector 3-14
Options, dispenser
H, I models 1-8, 1-9, 1-10
Options Power Supply 2-17, 3-2
Premier B & C 3-19
Orientation 2-2, 2-3
System Boards 3-2
Outlet solenoid 1-26, 1-28
Outline Drawings 1-2
Output Current, Wide Range Power Supply 1-4
Output Noise, Wide Range Power Supply 1-4
Overview
Blender operational sequence 1-26, 1-27, 1-28
Valve interface board 1-28
P
Panel 2-6
Paper Jam
Correcting, Standard Printer
7-30
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Index
Part No.
Proportional Blend Valves 1-5
Graphic printer paper, Premier B 8-23
Pulser/Handle Connector 3-4
INSIGHT DPT Printer, Premier C 8-28
Pulsers 1-4, 1-27, 3-10
PASS 5-3
Pulses 1-27
Peripheral Devices 7-2
Pulses Per Gallon / Liter 1-4
Plate, Serial Number 2-7, 2-9
Q
Positive Displacement Meter 1-5
Power Requirements 1-3
Quick Entry Method 5-7
Power Supply Board
MaxVac 9-10
R
Power Supply board, MaxVac
RAM 3-8
Premier B 2-10
Ratio Test. See A/L
Power Supply, Options 3-2
Receipt Slot 2-4
Power Supply, Wide Range 1-4
Regulator valve 1-26, 1-28
Power Switch 2-7, 2-8, 2-17, 3-2, 3-18
Related Documents 1-2
PPUV 2-13, 2-15, 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-12
Relative humidity 1-3
Premier B Dispenser Identification 1-15
Relay
Premier C Dispenser Identification 1-14, 1-16, 1-17,
Board 3-2, 3-10, 3-11
1-18
Power 3-12
Premier Specifications 1-3, 1-4, 1-5
Relay
Power Connector 3-14
Price Displays 3-22, 3-23
Remote
Keypad 2-14
Primary Access Door 2-12, 2-14
Removing
the Cash Acceptor
Printer 2-6, 2-8, 2-12, 2-14
Premier
B 7-33
Clearing a Paper Jam
Premier
C
7-34
Premier C - Standard Printer 7-30
Requirements
installing INSIGHT DPT paper 8-1
Performance 1-5
Installing Paper
Power 1-3
Graphic Printer, Premier B 8-23
Resistance
10-4
Premier C 8-28
Retainer
Problems
Screws 2-8, 2-17
MaxVac 9-5
ROM
CRC Diagnostic Test 5-13
Problems, Communication. See Communication Problems:
RS-485
3-6
INSIGHT
Run
Mode
1-6, 5-14
Problems, Display. See Display Problems: INSIGHT
Problems, Operational. See Operational Problems:
S
INSIGHT
Product 6 3-22, 3-23
Serial Number Plate 2-2, 2-7, 2-9
Product Lights Connector 3-15
Service Parts 7-29
Product Number Assignments 2-3
Service Parts Division 8-22, 8-28
Product Selection Keypad 2-4, 2-6, 2-13, 2-15,
Side
3-22, 3-23, 3-24, 3-25, 3-26
A 2-2, 3-10, 3-19
Products 4, 3, 2, and 1 3-4
B 2-11, 3-10
Programming
Signal Flow Diagram 6-2, 6-3
backup buttons 5-4
Single-Price 2-13, 2-15
basic programming 5-4
Softkey Keypad Layout 8-13
changing parameter information 5-3
Softkeys 2-15
entering manager modes 5-3
Softkeys, Illustrations 5-11, 8-13
exiting manager modes 5-5
Software Date Code 5-13
illustration of display 5-4
Solenoids 1-26, 1-28
manager key 5-4
Solid State Relays 3-11
moving from one mode to the next 5-3
Solution Center 6-1
quick entry method 5-7
Spandrel Lighting 1-3, 4-6
saving manager mode settings 5-5
TDS Plus 5-4
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Tokheim Corporation
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Index-7
Index
Speaker 1-7
Speaker Junction Box 3-5, 4-5
Specifications 1-3, 1-4, 1-5
Specifications, Thermal Paper 7-29, 8-28
Stand-alone Operation 1-6
Standard DPT 7-2, 7-3
Standard DPT with TDS
Block Diagram 7-9
Start Up / Battery Power Down Switch 3-7
Start Up Switch 3-6, 3-7
State History 5-7, 5-8
Static Pressure Decay Test 9-4
Static Strap 2-17, 3-1
Strainer Screen 1-5
Suction Motors 1-3
Surge Protection Connector 3-13
Surge/Spike Protection 3-12
SW1 3-7, 7-7, 7-10, 7-15
Expanded Computer Board 3-8, 3-9
INSIGHT DPT, Switch Settings 8-7
Interface Board 3-6
SW2 8-6, 9-7
Switch
DIP 3-9
Power 3-2, 3-18
Switch, Power 2-7, 2-8, 2-17
Switch Settings 7-6, 7-15
System
Ground 3-6
System Boards. See Board
System Overview 1-29
T
Talk To
Console 5-14
Dispenser 5-14
TCSA 3-10
TDS 2-5, 2-14, 7-9, 7-11
TDS and TED Connections 7-11
TDS Plus 7-13
TDS Plus Programming 5-4
TED 7-9
troubleshooting 7-26
TED unit 7-9, 7-11
Temperature 1-3
Terminal Block Signals
Premier B 2-11
Premier C 2-20
Termination Code 5-8, 5-9
Termination Code History 5-7
Tokheim Corporation
Index-8
Test
Keypad Buttons 5-12
Keypads 5-10
MaxVac System 9-4
Test Points 3-7, 3-8, 7-4
Descriptions 8-5
Header 3-6
Locations 8-5
Testing Console Communication 5-14
Tests. See also Diagnostics: DPT
Thermal Paper Specifications 7-29, 8-28
Thermostats 3-12
Tokheim Customer Service 6-1
Totalizers 1-5
Transformer
DPT 3-2
Input Connector 3-4
Pri 3-20
Sec 3-20
UDCB 3-2
Transverse 2-3
Transverse Dispenser Configurations 1-21
Product Locations 1-21
Totalizer Locations 1-21
Transverse Dispenser Identification 1-17
Troubleshooting 6-1
DPT 7-21, 7-22, 7-23, 7-24, 7-25
DPT Communication Problems 8-17, 8-18
DPT Display Problems 8-19
DPT Operational Problems 8-20, 8-21
MaxVac System 9-5
TTC 3-6, 5-14
TTD 3-6, 5-14, 5-15
U
Unit Price Display
1-4
V
Vacuum 9-1
Valance Lights 3-14
Valance Lights Connector 3-15
Valve
AC Input Connector 3-4
Circuit 3-10
Control 3-11
Control Connectors 3-4
Flow Control 1-5
Interface Board 3-2, 3-18
Power 3-18
signals 3-18
Valve interface board 1-28
Vapor system visual check 9-4
Vapors 9-1, 9-3
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Index
Variable Blender
operational diagram 1-20, 1-23
overview 1-7
Vault, cash acceptor 7-32
Volt Transformer Connector 3-13
Voltage, Battery Charge 3-7
Voltages 10-2, 10-3
Volume Display 1-4, 3-22, 3-23
Premier B 2-4, 2-5
Premier C 2-12, 2-15
Wiring Diagram
Options Power Supply (Premier B) 4-24
Pump Handles and Pulsers (Premier B) 4-19
Pump Handles and Pulsers - H428B-S (Premier B)
4-18
Solenoid Coils 10-5
Spandrel Lighting Wiring (Premier C) 4-6
Standard DPT (Premier C) 4-39
System Wiring Diagram (Premier C) 4-32
Wiring Diagrams 1-2
W
Warnings 2-8, 2-17
Warranty 1-1
Watchdog Reset Counter 5-6
Wide Range Power Supply 1-4
Wiring Diagram
AC Distribution (Premier B) 4-23
AC Distribution (Premier C ) 4-37
AC Distribution Block Diagram (Premier B) 4-16
Debit DPT (Premier C ) 4-40
Displays (Premier B) 4-22
Displays (Premier C ) 4-36
DPT (Premier B) 4-25
Electronics Block Diagram (Premier B) 4-8
Electronics Block Diagram (Premier C) 4-7
H311B-R, H322B-R & H324B-R (Premier B) 4-11
H311B-S, H312B-S, H322B-S & H324B-S
(Premier B) 4-4
H322B-B3/B5 (Premier B) 4-15
H324B INSIGHT DPT (Premier B) 4-26
H413B-R (Premier B) 4-9
H413B-REB (Premier B) 4-13
H426-REB INSIGHT DPT (Premier B) 4-28
H426B INSIGHT DPT (Premier B) 4-27
H426B-R (Premier B) 4-10
H426B-REB (Premier B) 4-14
H426B-S (Premier B) 4-2
H428B-R (Premier B) 4-12
H428B-R INSIGHT DPT (Premier B) 4-29
H428B-S (Premier B) 4-3
INSIGHT DPT (Premier C ) 4-41
Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier B) 4-5
Intercom/Speaker Wiring (Premier C) 4-6
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board
Premier C - H 400 Series 4-34, 4-35
Premier C - H300 Series 4-33
MaxVac System, for Blending Dispensers 4-31
MaxVac System, for Non-Blend Dispensers 4-30
MaxVac Vapor Recovery (Premier C ) 4-38
Mother Board (Premier B) 4-17
Motors and Valves (Premier B) 4-21
Motors and Valves - H428B-S (Premier B) 4-20
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
Tokheim Corporation
Index-9
Index
Tokheim Corporation
Index-10
Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference Manual
Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00
USER’S COMMENT AND EVALUATION FORM
MANUAL : ___________________________________________________
FORM NUMBER : _________________
We appreciate your comments and evaluation (both favorable and unfavorable) of this manual.
1. This manual was easy to follow.
YES_____
NO_____
2. The information was easy to understand. YES_____
NO_____
3. Section _____ of this manual was the MOST helpful. (briefly state why)
______________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
4. Section _____ of this manual was the LEAST helpful. (briefly state why)
______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
5. What errors, if any, did you find? (Please identify by page number)
Page#:_____Error:___________________________________________________________________
Page#:_____Error:___________________________________________________________________
Page#:_____Error:___________________________________________________________________
Page#:_____Error:___________________________________________________________________
Suggestions for Improvements or Additional Comments:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Date: ______________________________________
Name: _____________________________________
Title: _____________________________________
Company: __________________________________
Please send to:
Technical Publications
Tokheim Corporation
PO Box 360
Fort Wayne, IN 46897-1028
R
FOLD HERE
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO 41 FORT WAYNE IN
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
TOKHEIM CORPORATION
PO BOX 360
FORT WAYNE IN 46897-1028
FOLD HERE
For technical questions, please contact:
Tokheim Solution Center
Ph: 800-866-6762
or
Fax: 219-470-4644
For service parts, please contact:
Service Parts Department
Ph: 219-470-4710
or
Fax: 800-866-1999
TOKHEIM CORPORATION
PO BOX 360
FORT WAYNE IN 46801